US20110157330A1 - 2d/3d projection system - Google Patents
2d/3d projection system Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20110157330A1 US20110157330A1 US12/982,047 US98204710A US2011157330A1 US 20110157330 A1 US20110157330 A1 US 20110157330A1 US 98204710 A US98204710 A US 98204710A US 2011157330 A1 US2011157330 A1 US 2011157330A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- light
- projection
- image
- assembly
- dimensional
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
Images
Classifications
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N13/00—Stereoscopic video systems; Multi-view video systems; Details thereof
- H04N13/30—Image reproducers
- H04N13/361—Reproducing mixed stereoscopic images; Reproducing mixed monoscopic and stereoscopic images, e.g. a stereoscopic image overlay window on a monoscopic image background
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03B—APPARATUS OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR TAKING PHOTOGRAPHS OR FOR PROJECTING OR VIEWING THEM; APPARATUS OR ARRANGEMENTS EMPLOYING ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ACCESSORIES THEREFOR
- G03B35/00—Stereoscopic photography
- G03B35/18—Stereoscopic photography by simultaneous viewing
- G03B35/24—Stereoscopic photography by simultaneous viewing using apertured or refractive resolving means on screens or between screen and eye
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F3/00—Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
- G06F3/14—Digital output to display device ; Cooperation and interconnection of the display device with other functional units
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G09—EDUCATION; CRYPTOGRAPHY; DISPLAY; ADVERTISING; SEALS
- G09G—ARRANGEMENTS OR CIRCUITS FOR CONTROL OF INDICATING DEVICES USING STATIC MEANS TO PRESENT VARIABLE INFORMATION
- G09G3/00—Control arrangements or circuits, of interest only in connection with visual indicators other than cathode-ray tubes
- G09G3/001—Control arrangements or circuits, of interest only in connection with visual indicators other than cathode-ray tubes using specific devices not provided for in groups G09G3/02 - G09G3/36, e.g. using an intermediate record carrier such as a film slide; Projection systems; Display of non-alphanumerical information, solely or in combination with alphanumerical information, e.g. digital display on projected diapositive as background
- G09G3/003—Control arrangements or circuits, of interest only in connection with visual indicators other than cathode-ray tubes using specific devices not provided for in groups G09G3/02 - G09G3/36, e.g. using an intermediate record carrier such as a film slide; Projection systems; Display of non-alphanumerical information, solely or in combination with alphanumerical information, e.g. digital display on projected diapositive as background to produce spatial visual effects
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G09—EDUCATION; CRYPTOGRAPHY; DISPLAY; ADVERTISING; SEALS
- G09G—ARRANGEMENTS OR CIRCUITS FOR CONTROL OF INDICATING DEVICES USING STATIC MEANS TO PRESENT VARIABLE INFORMATION
- G09G3/00—Control arrangements or circuits, of interest only in connection with visual indicators other than cathode-ray tubes
- G09G3/20—Control arrangements or circuits, of interest only in connection with visual indicators other than cathode-ray tubes for presentation of an assembly of a number of characters, e.g. a page, by composing the assembly by combination of individual elements arranged in a matrix no fixed position being assigned to or needed to be assigned to the individual characters or partial characters
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N13/00—Stereoscopic video systems; Multi-view video systems; Details thereof
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N13/00—Stereoscopic video systems; Multi-view video systems; Details thereof
- H04N13/10—Processing, recording or transmission of stereoscopic or multi-view image signals
- H04N13/106—Processing image signals
- H04N13/139—Format conversion, e.g. of frame-rate or size
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N13/00—Stereoscopic video systems; Multi-view video systems; Details thereof
- H04N13/10—Processing, recording or transmission of stereoscopic or multi-view image signals
- H04N13/106—Processing image signals
- H04N13/161—Encoding, multiplexing or demultiplexing different image signal components
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N13/00—Stereoscopic video systems; Multi-view video systems; Details thereof
- H04N13/10—Processing, recording or transmission of stereoscopic or multi-view image signals
- H04N13/189—Recording image signals; Reproducing recorded image signals
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N13/00—Stereoscopic video systems; Multi-view video systems; Details thereof
- H04N13/10—Processing, recording or transmission of stereoscopic or multi-view image signals
- H04N13/194—Transmission of image signals
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N13/00—Stereoscopic video systems; Multi-view video systems; Details thereof
- H04N13/30—Image reproducers
- H04N13/302—Image reproducers for viewing without the aid of special glasses, i.e. using autostereoscopic displays
- H04N13/305—Image reproducers for viewing without the aid of special glasses, i.e. using autostereoscopic displays using lenticular lenses, e.g. arrangements of cylindrical lenses
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N13/00—Stereoscopic video systems; Multi-view video systems; Details thereof
- H04N13/30—Image reproducers
- H04N13/302—Image reproducers for viewing without the aid of special glasses, i.e. using autostereoscopic displays
- H04N13/31—Image reproducers for viewing without the aid of special glasses, i.e. using autostereoscopic displays using parallax barriers
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N13/00—Stereoscopic video systems; Multi-view video systems; Details thereof
- H04N13/30—Image reproducers
- H04N13/302—Image reproducers for viewing without the aid of special glasses, i.e. using autostereoscopic displays
- H04N13/31—Image reproducers for viewing without the aid of special glasses, i.e. using autostereoscopic displays using parallax barriers
- H04N13/312—Image reproducers for viewing without the aid of special glasses, i.e. using autostereoscopic displays using parallax barriers the parallax barriers being placed behind the display panel, e.g. between backlight and spatial light modulator [SLM]
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N13/00—Stereoscopic video systems; Multi-view video systems; Details thereof
- H04N13/30—Image reproducers
- H04N13/302—Image reproducers for viewing without the aid of special glasses, i.e. using autostereoscopic displays
- H04N13/31—Image reproducers for viewing without the aid of special glasses, i.e. using autostereoscopic displays using parallax barriers
- H04N13/315—Image reproducers for viewing without the aid of special glasses, i.e. using autostereoscopic displays using parallax barriers the parallax barriers being time-variant
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N13/00—Stereoscopic video systems; Multi-view video systems; Details thereof
- H04N13/30—Image reproducers
- H04N13/332—Displays for viewing with the aid of special glasses or head-mounted displays [HMD]
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N13/00—Stereoscopic video systems; Multi-view video systems; Details thereof
- H04N13/30—Image reproducers
- H04N13/349—Multi-view displays for displaying three or more geometrical viewpoints without viewer tracking
- H04N13/351—Multi-view displays for displaying three or more geometrical viewpoints without viewer tracking for displaying simultaneously
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N13/00—Stereoscopic video systems; Multi-view video systems; Details thereof
- H04N13/30—Image reproducers
- H04N13/356—Image reproducers having separate monoscopic and stereoscopic modes
- H04N13/359—Switching between monoscopic and stereoscopic modes
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N13/00—Stereoscopic video systems; Multi-view video systems; Details thereof
- H04N13/30—Image reproducers
- H04N13/366—Image reproducers using viewer tracking
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N13/00—Stereoscopic video systems; Multi-view video systems; Details thereof
- H04N13/30—Image reproducers
- H04N13/366—Image reproducers using viewer tracking
- H04N13/383—Image reproducers using viewer tracking for tracking with gaze detection, i.e. detecting the lines of sight of the viewer's eyes
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N13/00—Stereoscopic video systems; Multi-view video systems; Details thereof
- H04N13/30—Image reproducers
- H04N13/398—Synchronisation thereof; Control thereof
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
- H04N21/20—Servers specifically adapted for the distribution of content, e.g. VOD servers; Operations thereof
- H04N21/23—Processing of content or additional data; Elementary server operations; Server middleware
- H04N21/235—Processing of additional data, e.g. scrambling of additional data or processing content descriptors
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
- H04N21/40—Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
- H04N21/41—Structure of client; Structure of client peripherals
- H04N21/4104—Peripherals receiving signals from specially adapted client devices
- H04N21/4122—Peripherals receiving signals from specially adapted client devices additional display device, e.g. video projector
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
- H04N21/40—Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
- H04N21/43—Processing of content or additional data, e.g. demultiplexing additional data from a digital video stream; Elementary client operations, e.g. monitoring of home network or synchronising decoder's clock; Client middleware
- H04N21/435—Processing of additional data, e.g. decrypting of additional data, reconstructing software from modules extracted from the transport stream
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04S—STEREOPHONIC SYSTEMS
- H04S7/00—Indicating arrangements; Control arrangements, e.g. balance control
- H04S7/30—Control circuits for electronic adaptation of the sound field
- H04S7/302—Electronic adaptation of stereophonic sound system to listener position or orientation
- H04S7/303—Tracking of listener position or orientation
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G02—OPTICS
- G02B—OPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
- G02B6/00—Light guides; Structural details of arrangements comprising light guides and other optical elements, e.g. couplings
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F3/00—Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
- G06F3/01—Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
- G06F3/03—Arrangements for converting the position or the displacement of a member into a coded form
- G06F3/033—Pointing devices displaced or positioned by the user, e.g. mice, trackballs, pens or joysticks; Accessories therefor
- G06F3/0346—Pointing devices displaced or positioned by the user, e.g. mice, trackballs, pens or joysticks; Accessories therefor with detection of the device orientation or free movement in a 3D space, e.g. 3D mice, 6-DOF [six degrees of freedom] pointers using gyroscopes, accelerometers or tilt-sensors
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G09—EDUCATION; CRYPTOGRAPHY; DISPLAY; ADVERTISING; SEALS
- G09G—ARRANGEMENTS OR CIRCUITS FOR CONTROL OF INDICATING DEVICES USING STATIC MEANS TO PRESENT VARIABLE INFORMATION
- G09G2300/00—Aspects of the constitution of display devices
- G09G2300/02—Composition of display devices
- G09G2300/023—Display panel composed of stacked panels
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G09—EDUCATION; CRYPTOGRAPHY; DISPLAY; ADVERTISING; SEALS
- G09G—ARRANGEMENTS OR CIRCUITS FOR CONTROL OF INDICATING DEVICES USING STATIC MEANS TO PRESENT VARIABLE INFORMATION
- G09G2320/00—Control of display operating conditions
- G09G2320/02—Improving the quality of display appearance
- G09G2320/028—Improving the quality of display appearance by changing the viewing angle properties, e.g. widening the viewing angle, adapting the viewing angle to the view direction
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G09—EDUCATION; CRYPTOGRAPHY; DISPLAY; ADVERTISING; SEALS
- G09G—ARRANGEMENTS OR CIRCUITS FOR CONTROL OF INDICATING DEVICES USING STATIC MEANS TO PRESENT VARIABLE INFORMATION
- G09G2370/00—Aspects of data communication
- G09G2370/04—Exchange of auxiliary data, i.e. other than image data, between monitor and graphics controller
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G09—EDUCATION; CRYPTOGRAPHY; DISPLAY; ADVERTISING; SEALS
- G09G—ARRANGEMENTS OR CIRCUITS FOR CONTROL OF INDICATING DEVICES USING STATIC MEANS TO PRESENT VARIABLE INFORMATION
- G09G5/00—Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators
- G09G5/003—Details of a display terminal, the details relating to the control arrangement of the display terminal and to the interfaces thereto
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G09—EDUCATION; CRYPTOGRAPHY; DISPLAY; ADVERTISING; SEALS
- G09G—ARRANGEMENTS OR CIRCUITS FOR CONTROL OF INDICATING DEVICES USING STATIC MEANS TO PRESENT VARIABLE INFORMATION
- G09G5/00—Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators
- G09G5/14—Display of multiple viewports
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N13/00—Stereoscopic video systems; Multi-view video systems; Details thereof
- H04N13/30—Image reproducers
- H04N2013/40—Privacy aspects, i.e. devices showing different images to different viewers, the images not being viewpoints of the same scene
- H04N2013/403—Privacy aspects, i.e. devices showing different images to different viewers, the images not being viewpoints of the same scene the images being monoscopic
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N13/00—Stereoscopic video systems; Multi-view video systems; Details thereof
- H04N13/30—Image reproducers
- H04N2013/40—Privacy aspects, i.e. devices showing different images to different viewers, the images not being viewpoints of the same scene
- H04N2013/405—Privacy aspects, i.e. devices showing different images to different viewers, the images not being viewpoints of the same scene the images being stereoscopic or three dimensional
Definitions
- the present invention relates to projectors, projection screens, and projection systems that support the viewing of both two-dimensional and three-dimensional images.
- a projector is a device that receives a signal representative of an image and projects or “throws” the corresponding image on a projection screen or other suitable surface using a lens system.
- Projectors use a very bright light to project the image, and most modern ones can correct any curves, blurriness, and other inconsistencies through manual settings.
- Projectors are widely used for conference room presentations, classroom training and live events applications. Projectors are also widely used in many schools and other educational settings, connected to an interactive whiteboard to interactively teach pupils.
- Projectors are also increasingly being used for home theater applications. Such applications allow consumers to view video content from a variety of sources on a large screen, often accompanied by surround-sound audio, while in the comfort of their own home.
- a projector used in the home may be mounted or placed in front of a projection screen or other suitable reflective surface. In this case, the light projected by the projector is reflected off of the projection screen and the reflected light is perceived by a viewer.
- a projector may also be built into a cabinet or other suitable enclosure behind a rear-projection screen to form a single unified display device, sometimes referred to as a rear-projection television or RPTV. In the case of rear-projection systems, the screen passes the light emitted by the projector rather than reflecting it.
- An emerging trend in home entertainment involves the delivery of video content capable of being displayed in three-dimensions.
- a variety of techniques may be used to achieve three-dimensional image viewing functionality.
- the primary approach to viewing three-dimensional content appears to be the use of glasses that may be worn by users to view three-dimensional images projected on a screen.
- glasses include glasses that utilize color filters or polarized filters.
- the lenses of the glasses pass two-dimensional images of differing perspective to the user's left and right eyes. The images are combined in the visual center of the brain of the user to be perceived as a three-dimensional image.
- synchronized left eye, right eye liquid crystal display (LCD) shutter glasses may be used with conventional projection systems to create a three-dimensional viewing illusion.
- LCD liquid crystal display
- Projection systems including projectors and projection screens, that support the presentation of two-dimensional and three-dimensional images for viewing are described herein, as well as methods for operating the same.
- Such apparatuses, systems, and methods are substantially as shown in and/or described herein in connection with at least one of the figures, as set forth more completely in the claims.
- FIG. 1 is a diagram of an example projection system that utilizes a combined projection screen/parallax barrier and a projector having multiple projection assemblies to facilitate the viewing of both two-dimensional and three-dimensional images in accordance with an embodiment.
- FIG. 2 is a front view of a projector having two projection assemblies in accordance with an embodiment, wherein one of the projection assemblies comprises user-moveable components to allow for manual adjustment thereof.
- FIG. 3 is a front view of a projector having two projection assemblies in accordance with an alternate embodiment, wherein both of the projections assemblies comprise user-moveable components to allow for manual adjustment thereof.
- FIG. 4 is a block diagram of a projector that includes two projection assemblies for facilitating the viewing of both two-dimensional and three-dimensional images in accordance with an embodiment.
- FIG. 5 is a block diagram of a projector that includes two projection assemblies for facilitating the viewing of both two-dimensional and three-dimensional images in accordance with an alternate embodiment.
- FIG. 6 is a block diagram of a projector that includes two projection assemblies for facilitating the viewing of both two-dimensional and three-dimensional images in accordance with yet another alternate embodiment.
- FIG. 7 is a diagram of an example projection system that utilizes a combined projection screen/lenticular lens and a projector having multiple projection assemblies to facilitate the viewing of both two-dimensional and three-dimensional images in accordance with an embodiment.
- FIG. 8 is a block diagram of a projector that includes two projection assemblies for facilitating the viewing of both two-dimensional and three-dimensional images in accordance with a further alternate embodiment.
- FIG. 9 is a block diagram of a projection system in accordance with an embodiment that supports synchronization between adaptable parallax barriers in a projector and an adaptable light manipulator of a projection screen.
- FIG. 10 depicts a flowchart of a method used by a projection system to visually present a two-dimensional or three-dimensional image to a viewer in accordance with certain embodiments.
- FIG. 11 is a diagram of an example projection system that utilizes a combined projection screen/light manipulator and a projector having a single projection assembly to facilitate the viewing of both two-dimensional and three-dimensional images in accordance with one embodiment.
- FIG. 12 is a block diagram of a projector that includes a single projection assembly for facilitating the viewing of both two-dimensional and three-dimensional images in accordance with an embodiment.
- FIG. 13 is a block diagram of a projector that includes a single projection assembly for facilitating the viewing of both two-dimensional and three-dimensional images in accordance with an alternate embodiment.
- FIG. 14 depicts a flowchart of an alternate method used by a projection system to visually present a two-dimensional or three-dimensional image to a viewer in accordance with certain embodiments.
- FIG. 15 is a diagram of an example rear-projection system that utilizes a combined projection screen/light manipulator and a projector to facilitate the viewing of both two-dimensional and three-dimensional images in accordance with an embodiment.
- references in the specification to “one embodiment,” “an embodiment,” “an example embodiment,” etc., indicate that the embodiment described may include a particular feature, structure, or characteristic, but every embodiment may not necessarily include the particular feature, structure, or characteristic. Moreover, such phrases are not necessarily referring to the same embodiment. Further, when a particular feature, structure, or characteristic is described in connection with an embodiment, it is submitted that it is within the knowledge of one skilled in the art to effect such feature, structure, or characteristic in connection with other embodiments whether or not explicitly described.
- Projection systems including projectors and projection screens, that support the presentation of two-dimensional and three-dimensional images for viewing are described below, as well as methods for operating the same.
- a projection screen is used in conjunction with a light manipulator, such as a parallax barrier or a lenticular lens, that is disposed adjacent to (and may be integrated with) the projection screen to support the viewing of both two-dimensional and three-dimensional images.
- a light manipulator such as a parallax barrier or a lenticular lens
- Example 2D/3D Projection Systems that use a Combined Projection Screen/Light Manipulator and Projector with at Least Two Projection Assemblies
- FIG. 1 is a diagram of an example projection system 100 that utilizes a combined projection screen/light manipulator and a projector having multiple projection assemblies to facilitate the viewing of both two-dimensional and three-dimensional images in accordance with one embodiment.
- projection system 100 includes a projector 102 and a projection screen 104 .
- Projection system 100 is intended to represent a front-projection system. In accordance with a front-projection system, viewers are located on a same side of projection screen 104 as projector 102 .
- Projector 102 includes a first projection assembly 112 and a second projection assembly 114 .
- First projection assembly 112 is operable to project first light 132 toward projection screen 104 and second projection assembly 114 is operable to project second light 134 toward projection screen 104 .
- First projection assembly 112 may project first light 132 toward projection screen 104 in accordance with a first orientation while second projection assembly 112 may project second light 134 toward projection screen 104 in accordance with a second orientation that is different than the first orientation.
- first and second projection assemblies 112 and 114 can respectively project first light 132 and second light 134 at projection screen 104 at different angles so as to achieve a desired viewing effect.
- first light 132 and second light 134 may each represent the same two-dimensional image, or at least a portion of the same two-dimensional image.
- first light 132 may represent at least a first image
- second light 134 may represent at least a second image, the first and second images corresponding to different perspective views of the same subject matter that, when taken together, comprise a single three-dimensional image.
- the manner in which projector 102 operates to generate and project first light 132 and second light 134 will be described in more detail below.
- Projection screen 104 comprises a combination of a reflective panel 122 and a light manipulator in the form of a parallax barrier 124 .
- Panel 122 may comprise a sheet of white, silver or grey fabric, a painted wall, or any other element or structure having a surface that is suitable for diffusively reflecting light projected thereon.
- Parallax barrier 124 comprises a series of vertical light-blocking elements that are disposed in front of panel 122 .
- the vertical light-blocking elements of parallax barrier 124 define a series of vertical light-passing gaps or slits.
- Parallax barrier 124 may be implemented as a series of physically distinct bars or strips that are mounted in place over panel 122 .
- parallax barrier 124 may be implemented as a single layer of material comprising alternating opaque and transparent bars or strips. Still other implementations of parallax barrier 124 may be used.
- Parallax barrier 124 is arranged such that only a portion of first light 132 is allowed to reach certain portions of panel 122 , referred to herein as first portions of panel 122 . Parallax barrier 124 is further arranged so that light reflected from these first portions is substantially directed to only one eye of a viewer 106 . Parallax barrier 124 is also arranged such that only a portion of second light 134 is allowed to reach certain portions of panel 122 , referred to herein as second portions of panel 122 . Parallax barrier 124 is further arranged so that light reflected from these second portions is substantially directed to only the other eye of viewer 106 .
- first image content the image content of the portion of first light 132 that is reflected from the first portions of panel 122 to one eye of viewer 106
- second image content the image content of the portion of second light 134 that is reflected from the second portions of panel 122 to the other eye of viewer 106
- system 100 can selectively enable the viewing of either two-dimensional images or three-dimensional images by viewer 106 .
- the first image content comprises a first portion of a view of certain subject matter from a given perspective and the second image content comprises a second portion of the view of the same subject matter from the same perspective
- the first and second image content can be combined in the mind of viewer 106 to form a two-dimensional image of the subject matter.
- the first image content comprises a view of certain subject matter from a first perspective and the second image content comprises a view of the same subject matter from a second perspective that is different from the first
- the first and second image content can be combined in the mind of viewer 106 to form a three-dimensional image of the subject matter.
- One aspect of controlling the first image content and the second image content that reaches the eyes of a viewer involves controlling how light generated by one or more light sources within projector 102 is filtered to generate first light 132 and second light 134 .
- Various techniques for performing such filtering will be described below in reference to particular implementations of projector 102 .
- Another aspect of controlling the first image content and the second image content that reaches the eyes of a viewer involves taking into account the arrangement of panel 122 and parallax barrier 124 .
- panel 122 and parallax barrier 124 are each mounted or placed in a manner such that they are maintained at a fixed distance from each other. It is further assumed that the dimensions of the blocking elements of parallax barrier 124 and the spacing there between is also fixed.
- first projection assembly 112 and second projection assembly 114 and projection screen 104 must be controlled, as well as the angles at which light is projected by each of first projection assembly 112 and second projection assembly 114 toward projection screen 104 .
- projector 102 may be configured to execute an application that assists an installer thereof in selecting a proper location for mounting or placement thereof.
- an application may cause projector 102 to project test images or patterns via first projection assembly 112 and/or second projection assembly 114 that can be used by an installer to determine whether or not projector 102 has been mounted or placed in a suitable location relative to projection screen 104 .
- Still other methods may be used to select a suitable location.
- FIG. 2 is a front view of a projector 200 having two projection assemblies in accordance with an embodiment, wherein one of the projection assemblies comprises user-moveable components to allow for user adjustment thereof
- Projector 200 may be one implementation of projector 102 of FIG. 1 .
- projector 200 includes a first projection assembly 202 that is moveable along a horizontal axis 206 and a second projection assembly 204 .
- Such a design enables a user to adjust a horizontal position of first projection assembly 202 and a horizontal spacing between first projection assembly 202 and second projection assembly 204 to achieve a desired viewing configuration.
- the horizontal spacing may be adjusted to account for the relative distance of projector 200 from a projection screen in relation to a viewer and/or to account for a viewer's change in location.
- such adjustment may be made, for example, by manipulating a dial, joystick or other integrated control element of projector 200 or by using a remote control interface or the like.
- FIG. 3 is a front view of a projector 300 having two projection assemblies in accordance with an embodiment, wherein both of the projection assemblies comprise user-moveable components to allow for user adjustment thereof
- Projector 300 may also be an implementation of projector 102 of FIG. 1 .
- projector 300 includes a first projection assembly 302 that is moveable along a first horizontal axis 306 and a second projection assembly 304 that is moveable along a second horizontal axis 308 .
- Projector 300 is designed so that a user can adjust the horizontal position of each of first projection assembly 302 and second projection assembly 304 as well as a horizontal spacing between such elements to achieve a desired viewing configuration.
- projector 300 may more flexibly accommodate, for example, arrangements where a viewer is located to the left or right of the center of the projection screen. Depending upon the implementation of projector 300 , such adjustment may be made, for example, by manipulating a dial, joystick or other integrated control element of projector 300 or by using a remote control interface or the like. In one embodiment, horizontal movement of first projection assembly 302 and second projection assembly 304 is synchronized such that each projection assembly is offset by the same distance from a predefined point (e.g. a predefined center point between the two projection assemblies).
- a predefined point e.g. a predefined center point between the two projection assemblies.
- a projection assembly may be modifiable by a user.
- a user may be able to shift a projection assembly in a horizontal, vertical and/or diagonal direction, adjust an orientation of a projection assembly to change the angles at which light projected therefrom strikes a projections screen (e.g., pan or tilt type controls), and/or adjust a zoom level of a lens assembly associated with a particular projection assembly.
- a projections screen e.g., pan or tilt type controls
- projector 102 is shown as being behind viewer 106 .
- projector 102 may be located directly above the head of viewer 106 or in any other location at which projector 102 can project light onto projection screen 104 .
- different methods of generating first light 132 and/or second light 134 may be utilized, different aspects of first projection assembly 112 and/or second projection assembly 114 may be modified, and/or different configurations of projection screen 104 may be used.
- FIG. 4 is a block diagram of a projector 400 that includes two projection assemblies for facilitating the viewing of both two-dimensional and three-dimensional images in accordance with an embodiment.
- Projector 400 may comprise one implementation of projector 102 of FIG. 1 .
- projector 400 includes a first projection assembly 402 , a second projection assembly 404 and projector control circuitry 406 connected to each.
- Projector control circuitry 406 controls first projector assembly 402 to produce first projected light 436 for projection onto a projection screen. Projector control circuitry 406 further controls second projector assembly 404 to produce second projected light 446 for projection onto a projection screen.
- First projected light 436 includes at least first image content that is intended for one eye of a viewer and second projected light 446 includes at least second image content that is intended for the other eye of the viewer. Depending upon the nature of the first image content and second image content, when such image content is perceived by the viewer it may be perceived as either a two-dimensional image or a three-dimensional image.
- first projection assembly 402 includes a first light source 412 , a first image generator 414 and a first lens assembly 416 .
- First light source 412 operates to produce first light 432 .
- first light source 412 may comprise, for example and without limitation, one or more lamps (e.g., one or more fluorescent, incandescent or gas discharge lamps), an array of light emitting diodes (LEDs), an array of laser diodes, or a hybrid light source based on both LED and laser diodes. Still other types of light sources may be used.
- First image generator 414 receives first light 432 generated by first light source 412 and filters such light to impose image content thereon, thereby producing first filtered light 434 .
- First filtered light 434 may comprise a plurality of discrete regions of varying color and intensity. Such regions may be referred to, for example, as pixels.
- first image generator 414 may be utilized to implement first image generator 414 including but not limited to liquid crystal display (LCD) projection technology (in which case first image generator 414 may comprise dichroic mirrors and corresponding red, green and blue LCD panels), digital light processing (DLP) projection technology (in which case first image generator 414 may comprise one or more digital micromirror devices), or liquid crystal on silicon (LCoS) projection technology (in which case first image generator 414 may comprise one or more LCoS display chips). Still other types of technology may be used to implement first image generator 414 .
- LCD liquid crystal display
- DLP digital light processing
- LCD liquid crystal on silicon
- LCoS liquid crystal on silicon
- First lens assembly 416 receives first filtered light 434 generated by first image generator 414 and operates to spread such light outward, thereby generating first projected light 436 .
- First projected light 436 is intended to be “thrown” toward a suitable projection screen, such as projection screen 104 of FIG. 1 .
- first lens assembly 416 may comprise one or more lenses, and may be implemented as a fixed lens, zoom lens, wide angle lens, or the like.
- Second projection assembly 404 is configured similarly to first projection assembly 402 .
- second projection assembly 404 includes a second light source 422 , a second image generator 424 and a second lens assembly 426 .
- Second light source 422 operates to produce second light 442 .
- Second image generator 424 receives second light 442 generated by second light source 422 and filters such light to impose image content thereon, thereby producing second filtered light 444 .
- Second lens assembly 426 receives second filtered light 444 generated by second image generator 424 and operates to spread such light outward, thereby generating second projected light 446 , which is intended to be “thrown” toward a suitable projection screen, such as projection screen 104 of FIG. 1 .
- Projector control circuitry 406 operates to control the image content that is imposed on first light 432 by first image generator 414 and to control the image content that is imposed on second light 442 by second image generator 424 .
- image content may be received or derived from an image content source that is connected to projector 400 .
- projector control circuitry 406 may cause the same two-dimensional image to be imposed on first light 432 and second light 442 at approximately the same time. Consequently, first projected light 436 and second projected light 446 will comprise a projection of the same two-dimensional image and the viewer will perceive a two-dimensional image formed from reflected portions of first projected light 436 and second projected light 446 .
- projector control circuitry 406 may cause a first image that provides a view of certain subject matter from one perspective to be imposed on first light 432 and a second image that provides a view of the same subject matter from a different perspective to be imposed on second light 442 at approximately the same time.
- first projected light 436 will comprise a projection of the first image
- second projected light 446 will comprise a projection of the second image
- the viewer will perceive a three-dimensional image formed from reflected portions of first projected light 436 and second projected light 446 .
- projector control circuitry 406 can operate to cause a viewer to perceive a particular two-dimensional or three-dimensional image. It is to be understood that the image may comprise a persistent still image or one of a series of images that together comprise a video stream.
- projector control circuitry 406 may impose image content comprising two or more views of the same subject matter from different perspectives on each of first light 432 and second light 442 (e.g., two, four, or eight views of the same subject matter from different perspectives) thereby enabling the simultaneous display of multiple three-dimensional images, wherein the position of a viewer dictates which of the multiple three-dimensional images is currently perceived.
- FIG. 5 is a block diagram of a projector 500 that includes two projection assemblies for facilitating the viewing of both two-dimensional and three-dimensional images in accordance with an alternate embodiment.
- projector 500 may comprise one implementation of projector 102 of FIG. 1 .
- projector 500 includes a first projection assembly 502 , a second projection assembly 504 and projector control circuitry 506 connected to each.
- Projector control circuitry 506 controls first projector assembly 502 to produce first projected light 538 for projection onto a projection screen. Projector control circuitry 506 further controls second projector assembly 504 to produce second projected light 548 for projection onto a projection screen.
- First projected light 538 includes at least first image content that is intended for one eye of a viewer and second projected light 548 includes at least second image content that is intended for the other eye of the viewer. Depending upon the nature of the first image content and second image content, when such image content is perceived by the viewer it may be perceived as either a two-dimensional image or a three-dimensional image.
- Projector 500 differs from projector 400 in that a single light source 512 is used by both first projection assembly 502 and second projection assembly 504 .
- light source 512 may comprise, for example and without limitation, one or more lamps, an array of LEDs, an array of laser diodes, or a hybrid light source based on both LED and laser diodes. Still other types of light sources may be used.
- Light source 512 produces light 532 that is received by a light distributor 514 that splits light 532 into first light 534 and second light 544 .
- light distributor 514 may comprise, for example, a prism, a mirror, or other device or element suitable for splitting a single beam of light into multiple beams of light.
- first projection assembly 502 also includes a first image generator 516 and a first lens assembly 518 .
- First image generator 516 receives first light 534 from light distributor 514 and filters such light to impose image content thereon, thereby producing first filtered light 536 .
- First lens assembly 518 receives first filtered light 536 generated by first image generator 516 and operates to spread such light outward, thereby generating first projected light 538 .
- First projected light 538 is intended to be “thrown” toward a suitable projection screen, such as projection screen 104 of FIG. 1 .
- Second projection assembly 504 further includes a second image generator 526 and a second lens assembly 528 , each of which may be implemented in a like fashion to similarly-named components of first projection assembly 502 as previously described.
- Second image generator 526 receives second light 544 from light distributor 514 and filters such light to impose image content thereon, thereby producing second filtered light 546 .
- Second lens assembly 528 receives second filtered light 546 generated by second image generator 526 and operates to spread such light outward, thereby generating second projected light 548 , which is intended to be “thrown” toward a suitable projection screen, such as projection screen 104 of FIG. 1 .
- Projector control circuitry 506 operates to control the image content that is imposed on first light 534 by first image generator 516 and to control the image content that is imposed on second light 544 by second image generator 526 . Such image content may be received or derived from an image content source that is connected to projector 500 . By so doing, projector control circuitry 506 can operate to cause a viewer to perceive a particular two-dimensional or three-dimensional image. The three-dimensional image may be one of one or more simultaneously-displayed three-dimensional images. At least one manner by which projector control circuitry 506 may achieve this was described in detail above in reference to projector 400 of FIG. 4 and thus will not be repeated here for the sake of brevity.
- FIG. 6 is a block diagram of a projector 600 that includes two projection assemblies for facilitating the viewing of both two-dimensional and three-dimensional images in accordance with yet another alternate embodiment.
- projector 600 may comprise one implementation of projector 102 of FIG. 1 .
- projector 600 includes a first projection assembly 602 , a second projection assembly 604 and projector control circuitry 606 connected to each.
- Projector control circuitry 606 controls first projector assembly 602 to produce first projected light 638 for projection onto a projection screen. Projector control circuitry 606 further controls second projector assembly 604 to produce second projected light 648 for projection onto a projection screen.
- First projected light 638 includes at least first image content that is intended for one eye of a viewer and second projected light 648 includes at least second image content that is intended for the other eye of the viewer. Depending upon the nature of the first image content and second image content, when such image content is perceived by the viewer it may be perceived as either a two-dimensional image or a three-dimensional image.
- Projector 600 differs from projector 400 in that a single light source 612 and a single image generator 614 is used by both first projection assembly 602 and second projection assembly 604 .
- light source 612 may comprise, for example and without limitation, one or more lamps, an array of LEDs, an array of laser diodes, or a hybrid light source based on both LED and laser diodes. Still other types of light sources may be used.
- Image generator 614 receives light 632 from light source 612 and filters such light to impose image content thereon, thereby producing filtered light 634 .
- Image generator 614 may be implemented in a like fashion to first image generator 414 of projector 400 , as previously described.
- Filtered light 634 is received by a light distributor 616 that splits filtered light 634 into first filtered light 636 and second filtered light 646 , each of which carries the same image content.
- light distributor 616 may comprise, for example, a prism, a mirror, or other device or element suitable for splitting a single beam of light into multiple beams of light.
- first projection assembly 602 also includes a first lens assembly 618 .
- First lens assembly 618 may be implemented in a like fashion to first lens assembly 416 of projector 400 , as previously described.
- First lens assembly 618 receives first filtered light 636 from light distributor 616 and operates to spread such light outward, thereby generating first projected light 638 .
- First projected light 638 is intended to be “thrown” toward a suitable projection screen, such as projection screen 104 of FIG. 1 .
- Second projection assembly 604 further includes a second lens assembly 628 , which may be implemented in a like fashion to first lens assembly 618 .
- Second lens assembly 628 receives second filtered light 646 from light distributor 616 and operates to spread such light outward, thereby generating second projected light 648 , which is intended to be “thrown” toward a suitable projection screen, such as projection screen 104 of FIG. 1 .
- Projector control circuitry 606 operates to control the image content that is imposed on light 632 by image generator 614 . Such image content may be received or derived from an image content source that is connected to projector 600 . By so doing, projector control circuitry 606 can operate to cause a viewer to perceive a particular two-dimensional or three-dimensional image. This is true even though a single image generator (i.e., image generator 614 ) is used, since in certain implementations the desired two-dimensional or three-dimensional viewing effect can be achieved by projecting light that includes the same image content from both projection assemblies. In a two-dimensional viewing mode, the image content comprises a single two-dimensional image which is then simultaneously projected by both projection assemblies.
- the image content comprises an interleaving of at least a first image and a second image, wherein each image provides a different perspective view of the same subject matter.
- the parallax barrier at the projection screen operates to cause the portion of the image content that represents the first image to be directed to one eye of a viewer and the portion of the image content that represents the second image to be directed to the other eye of the viewer.
- FIG. 7 is a diagram of an example projection system 700 that utilizes a combined projection screen/light manipulator and a projector having multiple projection assemblies to facilitate the viewing of both two-dimensional and three-dimensional images in accordance with an alternate embodiment.
- projection system 700 includes a projector 702 and a projection screen 704 .
- projection system 700 is intended to represent a front-projection system.
- viewers are located on a same side of projection screen 704 as projector 702 .
- Projector 702 includes a first projection assembly 712 and a second projection assembly 714 .
- First projection assembly 712 is operable to project first light 732 toward projection screen 704 and second projection assembly 714 is operable to project second light 734 toward projection screen 704 .
- First projection assembly 712 may project first light 732 toward projection screen 704 in accordance with a first orientation while second projection assembly 714 may project second light 734 toward projection screen 704 in accordance with a second orientation that is different than the first orientation.
- first and second projection assemblies 712 and 714 can respectively project first light 732 and second light 734 at projection screen 704 at different angles so as to achieve a desired viewing effect.
- first light 732 and second light 734 may each represent at least a portion of the same two-dimensional image.
- first light 732 may represent at least a first image
- second light 734 may represent at least a second image, the first and second images corresponding to different perspective views of the same subject matter that, when taken together, comprise a single three-dimensional image.
- projector 702 operates to generate and project first light 732 and second light 734 will be described in more detail below.
- Projection screen 704 comprises a combination of a reflective panel 722 and a light manipulator in the form of a lenticular lens 724 .
- panel 722 may comprise a sheet of white, silver or grey fabric, a painted wall, or any other element or structure having a surface that is suitable for diffusively reflecting light projected thereon.
- Lenticular lens 724 comprises an array of magnifying lenses configured so that when viewed from slightly different angles, different images are magnified. Lenticular lens 724 may be physically separate from panel 722 but mounted or otherwise disposed closely thereto. Alternatively, lenticular lens 724 may be physically connected to panel 722 to provide an integrated projection screen.
- First projection assembly 712 projects first light 732 in such a manner that, after interaction with lenticular lens 724 , such light reaches only certain portions of panel 722 , referred to herein as first portions of panel 1022 .
- Lenticular lens 724 is configured such that light reflected from these first portions is substantially directed to only one eye of a viewer 706 .
- Second projection assembly 712 projects second light 734 in such a manner that, after interaction with lenticular lens 724 , such light reaches only certain portions of panel 722 , referred to herein as second portions of panel 722 .
- Lenticular lens 724 is configured such that light reflected from these second portions is substantially directed to only the other eye of viewer 706 .
- first image content the image content of first light 732 that is reflected from the first portions of panel 722 to one eye of viewer 706
- second image content the image content of second light 734 that is reflected from the second portions of panel 722 to the other eye of viewer 1006
- system 700 can selectively enable the viewing of either two-dimensional images or three-dimensional images by viewer 706 .
- the first image content comprises a first portion of a view of certain subject matter from a given perspective and the second image content comprises a second portion of the view of the same subject matter from the same perspective
- the first and second image content can be combined in the mind of viewer 706 to form a two-dimensional image of the subject matter.
- the first image content comprises a view of certain subject matter from a first perspective and the second image content comprises a view of the same subject matter from a second perspective that is different from the first
- the first and second image content can be combined in the mind of viewer 706 to form a three-dimensional image of the subject matter.
- One aspect of controlling the first image content and the second image content that reaches the eyes of a viewer involves controlling how light generated by one or more light sources within projector 702 is filtered to generate first light 732 and second light 734 .
- Various techniques for performing such filtering will be described below in reference to particular implementations of projector 702 .
- Another aspect of controlling the first image content and the second image content that reaches the eyes of a viewer involves taking into account the arrangement of panel 722 and lenticular lens 724 .
- panel 722 and lenticular lens 724 are each mounted or placed in a manner such that they are maintained at a fixed distance from each other. It is further assumed that the dimensions of the magnifying lenses of lenticular lens 724 are also fixed.
- first projection assembly 712 and second projection assembly 714 and projection screen 704 must be controlled, as well as the angles at which light is projected by each of first projection assembly 712 and second projection assembly 714 toward projection screen 704 .
- various approaches and mechanisms described above in reference to projection system 100 of FIG. 1 may be used.
- Such approaches and mechanisms include but are not limited to mounting or placing projector 702 in a suitable location relative to projection screen 704 and adjusting certain aspects of one or both projection assemblies 712 and 714 (e.g., horizontal, vertical or diagonal shifting of projection assemblies, pan and tilt modifications to the orientation of projection assemblies, and modification of zoom levels of a lens assembly associated with a particular projection assembly) in embodiments that support such features.
- certain aspects of one or both projection assemblies 712 and 714 e.g., horizontal, vertical or diagonal shifting of projection assemblies, pan and tilt modifications to the orientation of projection assemblies, and modification of zoom levels of a lens assembly associated with a particular projection assembly
- projector 702 is shown as being behind viewer 706 .
- projector 702 may be located directly above the head of viewer 706 or in any other location at which projector 702 can project light onto projection screen 704 .
- different methods of generating first light 732 and/or second light 734 may be utilized, different aspects of first projection assembly 712 and/or second projection assembly 714 may be modified, and/or different configurations of projection screen 704 may be used.
- FIG. 8 is a block diagram of a projector 800 that includes two projection assemblies for facilitating the viewing of both two-dimensional and three-dimensional images in accordance with a further alternate embodiment.
- Projector 800 may comprise one implementation of projector 702 of FIG. 7 .
- projector 800 includes a first projection assembly 802 , a second projection assembly 804 and projector control circuitry 806 connected to each.
- Projector control circuitry 806 controls first projector assembly 802 to produce first projected light 838 for projection onto a projection screen. Projector control circuitry 806 further controls second projector assembly 804 to produce second projected light 848 for projection onto a projection screen.
- First projected light 838 includes at least first image content that is intended for one eye of a viewer and second projected light 848 includes at least second image content that is intended for the other eye of the viewer. Depending upon the nature of the first image content and second image content, when such image content is perceived by the viewer it may be perceived as either a two-dimensional image or a three-dimensional image.
- first projection assembly 802 includes a first light source 812 , a first image generator 814 , a first parallax barrier 816 and a first lens assembly 818 .
- First light source 812 operates to produce first light 832 .
- first light source 812 may comprise, for example and without limitation, one or more lamps, an array of LEDs, an array of laser diodes, or a hybrid light source based on both LED and laser diodes. Still other types of light sources may be used.
- First image generator 814 receives first light 832 generated by first light source 812 and filters such light to impose image content thereon, thereby producing first filtered light 834 .
- First filtered light 834 may comprise a plurality of discrete regions of varying color and intensity. Such regions may be referred to, for example, as pixels.
- Various types of technology may be utilized to implement first image generator 814 including but not limited to LCD projection technology, DLP projection technology, or LCoS projection technology. Still other types of technology may be used to implement first image generator 814 .
- First parallax barrier 816 receives first filtered light 834 generated by first image generator 814 and manipulates such light to produce first manipulated light 836 .
- the manipulation performed by first parallax barrier 816 causes only certain portions of first filtered light 814 to be passed to first lens assembly 818 and thus, first parallax barrier 816 may be thought of as performing a light filtering function.
- First lens assembly 818 receives first manipulated light 836 produced by first parallax barrier 816 and operates to spread such light outward, thereby generating first projected light 838 .
- First projected light 838 is intended to be “thrown” toward a suitable projection screen, such as projection screen 704 of FIG. 7 .
- first lens assembly 818 may comprise one or more lenses, and may be implemented as a fixed lens, zoom lens, wide angle lens, or the like.
- Second projection assembly 804 is configured similarly to first projection assembly 802 .
- second projection assembly 804 includes a second light source 822 , a second image generator 824 , a second parallax barrier 826 and a second lens assembly 828 .
- Second light source 822 operates to produce second light 842 .
- Second image generator 824 receives second light 842 generated by second light source 822 and filters such light to impose image content thereon, thereby producing second filtered light 844 .
- Second parallax barrier 826 receives second filtered light 844 generated by second image generator 824 and manipulates such light to produce second manipulated light 846 .
- Second lens assembly 828 receives second manipulated light 846 produced by second parallax barrier 826 and operates to spread such light outward, thereby generating second projected light 848 , which is intended to be “thrown” toward a suitable projection screen, such as projection screen 704 of FIG. 7 .
- Projector control circuitry 806 operates to control the image content that is imposed on first light 832 by first image generator 814 and to control the image content that is imposed on second light 842 by second image generator 824 .
- image content may be received or derived from an image content source that is connected to projector 800 .
- projector control circuitry 806 may cause the same two-dimensional image to be imposed on first light 832 and second light 842 at approximately the same time. Consequently, first filtered light 836 and second filtered light 846 will carry the same two-dimensional image.
- First parallax barrier 816 operates to pass only a first portion of this two-dimensional image while second parallax barrier 826 operates to pass only a second portion of this two-dimensional image.
- first projected light 838 with a lenticular lens and reflective panel of a projection screen (e.g., projection screen 704 )
- first portion of the two-dimensional image will be directed to one eye of a viewer.
- second projected light 848 with the lenticular lens and reflective panel of the projection screen, the second portion of the two-dimensional image will be directed to the other eye of the viewer.
- projector control circuitry 806 may cause a first image that provides a view of certain subject matter from one perspective to be imposed on first light 832 and a second image that provides a view of the same subject matter from a different perspective to be imposed on second light 842 at approximately the same time.
- first filtered light 836 will carry the first image
- second filtered light 846 will carry the second image.
- First parallax barrier 816 operates to pass only a portion of the first image while second parallax barrier 826 operates to pass only a portion of the second image.
- first projected light 838 Due to the interaction of first projected light 838 with a lenticular lens and reflective panel of a projection screen (e.g., projection screen 704 ), the portion of the first image will be directed to one eye of a viewer. Due to interaction of second projected light 848 with the lenticular lens and reflective panel of the projection screen, the portion of the second image will be directed to the other eye of the viewer.
- first projected light 838 Due to the interaction of first projected light 838 with a lenticular lens and reflective panel of a projection screen (e.g., projection screen 704 ), the portion of the first image will be directed to one eye of a viewer. Due to interaction of second projected light 848 with the lenticular lens and reflective panel of the projection screen, the portion of the second image will be directed to the other eye of the viewer.
- projector control circuitry 806 can operate to cause a viewer to perceive a particular two-dimensional or three-dimensional image. It is to be understood that the image may comprise a persistent still image or one of a series of images that together comprise a video stream.
- projector control circuitry 806 may impose image content comprising more than two views of the same subject matter from different perspectives on each of first light 832 and second light 842 (e.g., two, four, or eight views of the same subject matter from different perspectives) thereby enabling the simultaneous display of multiple three-dimensional images, wherein the position of a viewer dictates which of the multiple three-dimensional images is currently perceived.
- projector 800 includes two parallax barriers for filtering image content to be projected by projection assemblies 802 and 804 , respectively. This may be deemed necessary because lenticular lens 824 of screen 804 does not perform a light-blocking function such as that performed by parallax barrier 124 of projection screen 104 . Thus, the parallax barriers in projector 800 may be used to ensure that first projected light 838 and second projected light 848 can be thrown onto the same screen in a manner that minimizes or avoids image overlap.
- projector 800 can also be used with a screen that includes a parallax barrier rather than a lenticular lens (such as screen 104 ), in order to provide projector-based control over placement of the projected images on the screen.
- projector 800 can also be used with screen 104 of projection system 100 .
- first parallax barrier 816 and first second parallax barrier 826 are disposed in a fixed location within their respective projection assemblies and the dimensions of the blocking elements of each parallax barrier and the spacing there between is also fixed.
- various aspects of first parallax barrier 816 and/or second parallax barrier 826 may be modified responsive to signals from projector control circuitry 806 .
- Such modifiable aspects may include but are not limited to a distance between a parallax barrier and an image generator, a distance between a parallax barrier and a lens assembly, an orientation of the parallax barrier with respect to the image generator or lens assembly, the dimensions of one or more blocking elements of a parallax barrier, the spacing between blocking elements of a parallax barrier, and whether the parallax barrier is “on” or “off” (whether it performs a light blocking function at all).
- Various example implementations of adaptable parallax barriers are further described in commonly-owned, co-pending U.S. patent application Ser. No. 12/845,409, filed on Jul. 28, 2010, and entitled “Display with Adaptable Parallax Barrier,” the entirety of which is incorporated by reference herein.
- adaptable parallax barriers may be deemed desirable in order to “fine tune” the manner in which images are projected by first projection assembly 802 and second projection assembly 804 onto a corresponding projection screen (e.g., projection screen 104 of FIG. 1 or projection screen 704 of FIG. 7 ). Such fine tuning may be performed, for example, in order to calibrate projector 802 for optimal performance with a given projection screen installation. Such fine tuning may also be performed to account for a changing location and/or head orientation of one or more viewers.
- Projector control circuitry 806 may be made aware of the location and/or head orientation of one or more viewers through input received from a system or device suitably configured to track such information.
- Such systems and devices may utilize, for example, different types of sensors (e.g., cameras, motion sensors, microphones or the like) or technology that wirelessly tracks an object (e.g., headset, remote control, or the like) currently being held or worn by a viewer.
- sensors e.g., cameras, motion sensors, microphones or the like
- object e.g., headset, remote control, or the like
- the projector includes two projection assemblies each of which includes an adaptable parallax barrier and the projection screen includes an adaptable light manipulator (e.g., an adaptable parallax barrier or lenticular lens). Communication between the projector and the projection screen facilitates synchronization between the adaptable parallax barriers in the projection assemblies and the adaptable light manipulator at the screen to obtain an optimal or desired viewing configuration.
- an adaptable light manipulator e.g., an adaptable parallax barrier or lenticular lens
- FIG. 9 is a block diagram of an example projection system 900 in accordance with such an embodiment.
- projection system 900 includes a projector 902 and a projection screen 904 .
- Projector 902 includes a first projection assembly 912 , a second projection assembly 914 and projector control circuitry 916 .
- Projector control circuitry 916 controls first projector assembly 912 to produce first projected light for projection onto projection screen 904 .
- Projector control circuitry 916 further controls second projector assembly 914 to produce second projected light for projection onto projection screen 904 .
- the first projected light includes at least first image content that is intended for one eye of a viewer and the second projected light includes at least second image content that is intended for the other eye of the viewer.
- the first image content and second image content when such image content is perceived by the viewer it may be perceived as either a two-dimensional image or a three-dimensional image.
- First projection assembly 912 includes a first light source 922 , a first image generator 924 , a first adaptable parallax barrier 926 and a first lens assembly 928 .
- Each of these components may be implemented in a like manner to first light source 812 , first image generator 814 , first parallax barrier 816 and first lens assembly 818 , respectively, as previously described in reference to FIG. 8 .
- a state of first adaptable parallax barrier 926 can be modified based on control signals from projector control circuitry 916 .
- Such modification of state may include, for example and without limitation, modifying one or more of a distance between first adaptable parallax barrier 926 and first image generator 924 , a distance between first adaptable parallax barrier 926 and first lens assembly 928 , an orientation of first adaptable parallax barrier 926 with respect to first image generator 924 or first lens assembly 928 , the dimensions of one or more blocking elements of first adaptable parallax barrier 926 , and the spacing between blocking elements of first adaptable parallax barrier 926 .
- Such modification of state may also include turning first adaptable parallax barrier 926 on or off
- Second projection assembly 914 includes a second light source 932 , a second image generator 934 , a second adaptable parallax barrier 936 and a second lens assembly 938 .
- Each of these components may be implemented in a like manner to first light source 922 , first image generator 924 , first adaptable parallax barrier 926 and first lens assembly 928 , as previously described. Accordingly, a state of second adaptable parallax barrier 936 can be modified based on control signals from projector control circuitry 916 .
- Such modification of state may include, for example and without limitation, modifying one or more of a distance between first adaptable parallax barrier 936 and second image generator 934 , a distance between second adaptable parallax barrier 936 and second lens assembly 938 , an orientation of second adaptable parallax barrier 936 with respect to second image generator 934 or second lens assembly 938 , the dimensions of one or more blocking elements of second adaptable parallax barrier 936 , and the spacing between blocking elements of second adaptable parallax barrier 936 .
- Such modification of state may also include turning second adaptable parallax barrier 936 on or off
- projector 902 includes a communication interface 940 that is connected to projector control circuitry 916 .
- Communication interface 940 comprises a wired or wireless interface that enables signals to be sent to and/or received from a corresponding communication interface 950 within projection screen 904 .
- projection screen 904 also includes a reflective panel 956 , an adaptable light manipulator 954 , and adaptable light manipulator control circuitry 952 .
- Reflective panel 956 may comprise a sheet of white, silver or grey fabric, a painted wall, or any other element or structure having a surface that is suitable for diffusively reflecting light projected thereon.
- Adaptable light manipulator 954 may comprise, for example, an adaptable parallax barrier or an adaptable lenticular lens.
- Adaptable light manipulator control circuitry 952 is connected to adaptable light manipulator 954 and is operable to modify a state thereof.
- modifying the state thereof may comprise, for example and without limitation, modifying one or more of a distance between the adaptable parallax barrier and panel 956 , an orientation of the adaptable parallax barrier with respect to panel 956 , the dimensions of one or more blocking elements of the adaptable parallax barrier, and the spacing between blocking elements of the adaptable parallax barrier.
- modification of state may also include turning the adaptable parallax barrier on or off.
- various example implementations of adaptable parallax barriers are further described in aforementioned, incorporated U.S. patent application Ser. No. 12/845,409, filed on Jul. 28, 2010, and entitled “Display with Adaptable Parallax Barrier.”
- adaptable light manipulator 954 comprises an adaptable lenticular lens
- modifying the state thereof may comprise, for example and without limitation, modifying a degree of stretching of the lenticular lens and/or inserting or removing (e.g., rolling up) the lenticular lens from in front of panel 956 .
- Various example implementations of adaptable lenticular lenses are further described in commonly-owned, co-pending U.S. patent application Ser. No. 12/774,307, filed on May 5, 2010, and entitled “Display with Elastic Light Manipulator,” the entirety of which is incorporated by reference herein.
- Projector control circuitry 916 is capable of communicating with adaptable light manipulator control circuitry 952 via the communication link formed by communication interfaces 940 and 950 . In an embodiment, such communication is used to synchronize the states of first and second adaptable parallax barriers 926 and 936 in projector 902 with the state of adaptable light manipulator 954 of projection screen 904 to obtain a desired viewing configuration. For example, in one embodiment, projector control circuitry 916 receives information from adaptable light manipulator control circuitry 952 and modifies the state of first adaptable parallax barrier 926 and second parallax barrier 936 based on such information to achieve a desired viewing configuration.
- the received information may include, for example, information concerning the state of adaptable light manipulator 954 or information concerning a desired viewing configuration.
- adaptable light manipulator control circuitry 952 receives information from projector control circuitry 916 and modifies the state of adaptable light manipulator 954 based on such information to achieve a desired viewing configuration.
- the received information may include, for example, information concerning the state of one or both of first and second adaptable parallax barriers 926 and 936 or information concerning a desired viewing configuration.
- a desired viewing configuration may be determined by projector control circuitry 916 and/or adaptable light manipulator control circuitry 952 based on a variety of factors, including but not limited to input provided by a viewer, information concerning a location and/or head orientation of one or more viewers, information concerning the image content to be displayed, or the like.
- Example projectors 800 and 902 depicted in FIGS. 8 and 9 are shown as having two projection assemblies, each of which includes its own light source. However, in accordance with alternate implementations, the two projection assemblies may share a single light source (in a like manner to that shown in FIG. 5 ). Still other configurations may be used.
- all of the embodiments described in this section included two projection assemblies.
- more than two projection assemblies may be used to project image content onto a projection screen (such as projection screen 104 of FIG. 1 or projection screen 704 of FIG. 7 ) in order to support the viewing of two-dimensional or three-dimensional images.
- four projection assemblies may be used to project four different perspective views of the same subject matter onto a projection screen, thereby facilitating the simultaneous viewing of multiple three-dimensional images.
- each of the embodiments described in this section show a single projector that includes two projection assemblies.
- multiple projectors each having one or more projection assemblies may be used to implement a projection system that facilitates two-dimensional and three-dimensional viewing.
- FIG. 10 depicts a flowchart 1000 of a method used by a projection system to visually present a two-dimensional or three-dimensional image to a viewer in accordance with certain embodiments.
- the method of flowchart 1000 may be performed, for example, by projection system 100 as described above in reference to FIG. 1 , by projection system 700 as described above in reference to FIG. 7 , or by projection system 900 as described above in reference to FIG. 9 .
- the method is not limited to those embodiments and may be practiced by other systems or components entirely.
- the method of flowchart 1000 begins at step 1002 during which a first projection assembly at least assists in projecting first light.
- This step may be performed, for example, by first projection assembly 112 of FIG. 1 which projects first light 132 in a manner previously described.
- This step may also be performed, for example, by first projection assembly 712 of FIG. 7 which projects first light 732 in a manner previously described.
- This step may further be performed by first projection assembly 912 of FIG. 9 .
- Various techniques by which such a first projection assembly may project first light were described above in reference to at least the example projector embodiments of FIGS. 4 , 5 , 6 , 8 and 9 .
- a second projection assembly at least assists in projecting second light.
- This step may be performed, for example, by second projection assembly 114 of FIG. 1 which projects second light 134 in a manner previously described.
- This step may also be performed, for example, by second projection assembly 714 of FIG. 7 which projects second light 734 in a manner previously described.
- This step may further be performed by second projection assembly 914 of FIG. 9 .
- Various techniques by which such a second projection assembly can project second light were described above in reference to at least the example projector embodiments of FIGS. 4 , 5 , 6 , 8 and 9 .
- steps 1002 and 1004 are performed concurrently, such that the first light and the second light are projected at the same time.
- the first light and the second light respectively projected during steps 1002 and 1004 may each represent the same two-dimensional image, or at least a portion of the same two-dimensional image.
- the first light projected during step 1002 may represent at least a first image and the second light projected during step 1004 may represent at least a second image, wherein the first and second images correspond to different perspective views of the same subject matter that, when taken together, comprise a single three-dimensional image.
- a projection screen including a light manipulator causes at least a portion of the first light to be reflected to a right eye of a viewer.
- This step may be performed, for example, by reflective panel 122 and parallax barrier 124 of projection screen 104 which operate in a combined fashion to cause at least a portion of first light 132 to be reflected to a right eye of a viewer, such as viewer 106 .
- This step may also be performed, for example, by reflective panel 722 and lenticular lens 724 of projection screen 704 which operate in a combined fashion to cause at least a portion of first light 732 to be reflected to a right eye of a viewer, such as viewer 706 .
- This step may further be performed by reflective panel 956 and adaptable light manipulator 954 of projection screen 904 .
- Various details concerning the manner by which these elements operate to cause at least a portion of first light to be reflected to one eye of a viewer were previously described.
- the projection screen including the light manipulator causes at least a portion of the second light to be reflected to a left eye of the viewer.
- This step may be performed, for example, by reflective panel 122 and parallax barrier 124 of projection screen 104 which operate in a combined fashion to cause at least a portion of second light 134 to be reflected to a left eye of a viewer, such as viewer 106 .
- This step may also be performed, for example, by reflective panel 722 and lenticular lens 724 of projection screen 704 which operate in a combined fashion to cause at least a portion of second light 734 to be reflected to a left eye of a viewer, such as viewer 706 .
- This step may further be performed by reflective panel 956 and adaptable light manipulator 954 of projection screen 904 .
- Various details concerning the manner by which these elements operate to cause at least a portion of second light to be reflected to one eye of a viewer were previously described.
- first image content The portion of the first light that is reflected to the right eye of the viewer during step 1006
- second image content the portion of the second light that is reflected to the left eye of the viewer during step 1008
- a projection system in accordance with an embodiment can selectively enable the viewing of either two-dimensional images or three-dimensional images by a viewer.
- the first image content comprises a first portion of a view of certain subject matter from a given perspective and the second image content comprises a second portion of the view of the same subject matter from the same perspective
- the first and second image content can be combined in the mind of a viewer to form a two-dimensional image of the subject matter.
- the first image content comprises a view of certain subject matter from a first perspective and the second image content comprises a view of the same subject matter from a second perspective that is different from the first
- the first and second image content can be combined in the mind of a viewer to form a three-dimensional image of the subject matter.
- FIG. 11 is a diagram of an example projection system 1100 that utilizes a combined projection screen/light manipulator and a projector having a single projection assembly to facilitate the viewing of both two-dimensional and three-dimensional images in accordance with one embodiment.
- projection system 1100 includes a projector 1102 , a projection screen 1104 , and glasses 1108 that are worn by a viewer, such as viewer 1106 .
- Projection system 1100 is intended to represent a front-projection system. In accordance with a front-projection system, viewers are located on a same side of projection screen 1104 as projector 1102 .
- Projector 1102 includes a single projection assembly 1112 .
- Projection assembly 1112 is operable to project first light 1132 toward projection screen 1104 during a first time interval and to project second light 1134 toward projection screen 1104 during a second time interval that immediately follows the first time interval.
- projection assembly 1112 is moveable such that it may automatically be placed in at least a first orientation for projecting first light 1132 onto projection screen 1104 and in at least a second orientation for projection second light 1134 onto projection screen 1104 , wherein the first and second orientations are different.
- This aspect of projection assembly 1112 can be used to project first light 1132 and second light 1134 at projection screen 1104 at different angles so as to achieve a desired viewing effect.
- first light 1132 and second light 1134 may each represent the same two-dimensional image, or at least a portion of the same two-dimensional image.
- first light 1132 may represent at least a first image
- second light 1134 may represent at least a second image, the first and second images corresponding to different perspective views of the same subject matter that, when taken together, comprise a single three-dimensional image.
- the manner in which projector 1102 operates to generate and project first light 1132 and second light 1134 will be described in more detail below.
- Projection screen 1104 comprises a combination of a reflective panel 1122 and a light manipulator 1124 .
- Light manipulator 1124 may comprise, for example, a parallax barrier or a lenticular lens. Depending upon the implementation, light manipulator 1124 may comprise a fixed light manipulator or an adaptable light manipulator.
- projection screen 1104 may comprise any of projection screen 104 , projection screen 704 , or projection screen 904 as described above in reference to FIGS. 1 , 7 and 9 respectively.
- Light manipulator 1124 and reflective panel 1122 operate in a combined fashion so that first light 1132 , or a particular portion thereof, is substantially directed to a right eye of viewer 1106 during the first time interval.
- Light manipulator 1124 and reflective panel 1122 also operate in a combined fashion so that second light 1134 , or a particular portion thereof, is substantially directed to only a left eye of viewer 1106 during the second time interval.
- a light manipulator such as a parallax barrier or lenticular lens
- Glasses 1108 worn by viewer 1106 comprise shutter glasses having a right lens 1152 and a left lens 1154 . Glasses 1108 are synchronized with projector 1102 such that right lens 1152 passes light during the first time interval and blocks light during the second time interval and such that left lens 1154 blocks light during the first time interval and passes light during the second time interval. Consequently, during the first time interval, the right eye of viewer 1106 will be capable of seeing the portion of first light 1132 directed thereto by projection screen 1104 while the left eye of viewer 1106 is blocked. Furthermore, during the second time interval, the left eye of viewer 1106 will be capable of seeing the portion of second light 1134 directed thereto by projection screen 1104 while the right eye is blocked.
- the first and second time intervals are short enough to allow the mind of viewer 1106 to merge the image perceived by the right eye during the first time interval with the image perceived by the left eye during the second time interval into a single perceived image.
- the image content of first light 1132 that is directed to the right eye of viewer 1106 during the first time interval will be referred to as “first image content”
- the image content of second light 1134 that is directed to the left eye of viewer 1106 during the second time interval will be referred to as “second image content.”
- system 1100 can selectively enable the viewing of either two-dimensional images or three-dimensional images by viewer 1106 .
- the first image content comprises a first portion of a view of certain subject matter from a given perspective and the second image content comprises a second portion of the view of the same subject matter from the same perspective
- the first and second image content can be combined in the mind of viewer 1106 to form a two-dimensional image of the subject matter.
- the first image content comprises a view of certain subject matter from a first perspective and the second image content comprises a view of the same subject matter from a second perspective that is different from the first
- the first and second image content can be combined in the mind of viewer 1106 to form a three-dimensional image of the subject matter.
- One aspect of controlling the first image content and the second image content that reaches the eyes of a viewer during the first and second time intervals involves controlling how light generated by a light source within projector 1102 is filtered to generate first light 1132 and second light 1134 .
- Various techniques for performing such filtering will be described below in reference to particular implementations of projector 1102 .
- Another aspect of controlling the first image content and the second image content that reaches the eyes of a viewer during the first and second time intervals involves taking into account and/or modifying the arrangement of panel 1122 and light manipulator 1124 .
- the state of light manipulator 1124 and its arrangement with respect to panel 1122 is fixed.
- the state of light manipulator 1124 and/or its arrangement with respect to panel 1122 can be modified. Such modification may be achieved in a like manner to example projection screen 904 as described above in reference to FIG. 9 .
- a further aspect of controlling the first image content and the second image content that reaches the eyes of a viewer during the first and second time intervals involves controlling the distance between projection assembly 1112 and projection screen 1104 , as well as the angles at which light is projected by projection assembly 1112 toward projection screen 1104 .
- One manner of implementing such control is to mount or place projector 1102 in a suitable location relative to projection screen 1104 .
- Another manner of implementing such control involves permitting a user to adjust certain aspects of projection assembly 1112 (e.g., horizontal, vertical or diagonal shifting of projection assembly 1112 , pan and tilt modifications to the orientation of projection assembly 1112 , and modification of a zoom level of a lens assembly associated with projection assembly 1112 ) in embodiments that support such features.
- FIG. 12 is a block diagram of a projector 1200 that utilizes a single projection assembly to facilitate the viewing of both two-dimensional and three-dimensional images in accordance with an embodiment.
- Projector 1200 comprises one example implementation of projector 1102 of FIG. 11 .
- Projector 1200 may be used in an embodiment in which light manipulator 1144 of projection screen 1104 comprises a parallax barrier.
- projector 1200 includes a projection assembly 1202 and projector control circuitry 1204 connected thereto.
- Projector control circuitry 1204 controls projector assembly 1202 to produce first projected light 1132 for projection onto projection screen 1104 during a first time interval. Projector control circuitry 1204 further controls projector assembly 1202 to produce second projected light 1134 for projection onto projection screen 1104 during a second time interval that immediately follows the first time interval.
- first projected light 1132 includes at least first image content that is intended for one eye of a viewer and second projected light 1134 includes at least second image content that is intended for the other eye of the viewer.
- first projected light 1132 includes at least first image content that is intended for one eye of a viewer
- second projected light 1134 includes at least second image content that is intended for the other eye of the viewer.
- projection assembly 1202 includes a light source 1212 , an image generator 1214 and a lens assembly 1216 .
- Light source 1212 operates to produce light.
- light source 1212 may comprise, for example and without limitation, one or more lamps, an array of LEDs, an array of laser diodes, or a hybrid light source based on both LED and laser diodes. Still other types of light sources may be used.
- Image generator 1214 receives the light generated by light source 1212 and filters such light to impose first image content thereon during the first time interval and to impose second image content thereon during the second time interval, thereby producing filtered light.
- Various types of technology may be utilized to implement image generator 1214 including but not limited to LCD projection technology, DLP projection technology, or LCoS projection technology. Still other types of technology may be used to implement image generator 1214 .
- Lens assembly 1216 receives the filtered light generated by image generator 1214 and operates to spread such light outward, thereby generating first projected light 1132 during the first time interval and second projected light 1134 during the second time interval.
- lens assembly 1216 may comprise one or more lenses, and may be implemented as a fixed lens, zoom lens, wide angle lens, or the like.
- Projector control circuitry 1204 operates to control the first image content that is imposed on the light produced by light source 1212 during the first time interval and the second image content that is imposed on the light produced by light source 1212 during the second time interval.
- image content may be received or derived from an image content source that is connected to projector 1200 .
- projector control circuitry 1204 may cause the same two-dimensional image to be imposed on the light produced by light source 1212 during the first time interval as is imposed on the light produced by light source 1212 during the second time interval. Consequently, first projected light 1132 and second projected light 1134 will comprise a projection of the same two-dimensional image and the viewer will perceive a two-dimensional image formed from reflected portions of first projected light 1132 and second projected light 1134 .
- projector control circuitry 1204 may cause a first image that provides a view of certain subject matter from one perspective to be imposed on the light produced by light source 1212 during the first time interval and a second image that provides a view of the same subject matter from a different perspective to be imposed on the light produced by light source 1212 during the second time interval.
- first projected light 1132 will comprise a projection of the first image
- second projected light 1134 will comprise a projection of the second image
- the viewer will perceive a three-dimensional image formed from reflected portions of first projected light 1132 and second projected light 1134 .
- FIG. 13 is a block diagram of a projector 1300 that utilizes a single projection assembly to facilitate the viewing of both two-dimensional and three-dimensional images in accordance with an alternate embodiment.
- Projector 1300 comprises another example implementation of projector 1102 of FIG. 11 .
- Projector 1300 may be used in an embodiment in which light manipulator 1144 of projection screen 1104 comprises either a lenticular lens or a parallax barrier.
- projector 1300 includes a projection assembly 1302 and projector control circuitry 1304 connected thereto.
- Projector control circuitry 1304 controls projector assembly 1302 to produce first projected light 1132 for projection onto projection screen 1104 during a first time interval. Projector control circuitry 1304 further controls projector assembly 1302 to produce second projected light 1134 for projection onto projection screen 1104 during a second time interval that immediately follows the first time interval.
- first projected light 1132 includes at least first image content that is intended for one eye of a viewer and second projected light 1134 includes at least second image content that is intended for the other eye of the viewer.
- first projected light 1132 includes at least first image content that is intended for one eye of a viewer
- second projected light 1134 includes at least second image content that is intended for the other eye of the viewer.
- projection assembly 1302 includes a light source 1312 , an image generator 1314 , an adaptable parallax barrier 1316 , and a lens assembly 1318 .
- Light source 1312 operates to produce light and may be implemented in a like manner to light source 1212 as described above in reference to FIG. 12 .
- Image generator 1314 receives light 1332 generated by light source 1312 and filters such light to impose first image content thereon during the first time interval and to impose second image content thereon during the second time interval, thereby producing filtered light 1334 .
- Image generator 1314 may be implemented in a like manner to image generator 1214 as described above in reference to FIG. 12 .
- Adaptable parallax barrier 1316 receives filtered light 1334 generated by image generator 1314 and manipulates such light to produce manipulated light 1336 .
- Adaptable parallax barrier 1316 is placed in a first state by projector control circuitry 1304 during the first time interval to pass only first portions of filtered light 1334 to lens assembly 1318 and is placed in a second state by projector control circuitry 1304 during the second time interval to pass only second portions of filtered light 1334 to lens assembly 1318 .
- Lens assembly 1318 receives manipulated light 1336 produced by adaptable parallax barrier 1316 and operates to spread such light outward, thereby generating first projected light 1132 during the first time interval and second projected light 1134 during the second time interval.
- Lens assembly 1318 may be implemented in a like manner to lens assembly 1216 as described above in reference to FIG. 12 .
- Projector control circuitry 1304 operates to control the first image content that is imposed on light 1332 produced by light source 1312 during the first time interval and the second image content that is imposed on light 1332 produced by light source 1312 during the second time interval.
- image content may be received or derived from an image content source that is connected to projector 1300 .
- projector control circuitry 1306 may cause the same two-dimensional image to be imposed on light 1332 produced by light source 1312 during the first time interval as is imposed on light 1332 produced by light source 1312 during the second time interval. Consequently, filtered light 1334 will carry the same two-dimensional image during the first time interval and the second time interval.
- Adaptable parallax barrier 1336 operates to pass only a first portion of this two-dimensional image during the first time interval and to pass only a second portion of this two-dimensional image during the second time interval. Due to the interaction of first projected light 1132 with a light manipulator and reflective panel of a projection screen (e.g., projection screen 1104 ), the first portion of the two-dimensional image will be directed to one eye of a viewer during the first time interval. Due to interaction of second projected light 1134 with the light manipulator and reflective panel of the projection screen, the second portion of the two-dimensional image will be directed to the other eye of the viewer during the second time interval. These portions will be combined in the mind of a viewer as a two-dimensional image.
- projector control circuitry 1304 may cause a first image that provides a view of certain subject matter from one perspective to be imposed on light 1332 produced by light source 1312 during the first time interval and a second image that provides a view of the same subject matter from a different perspective to be imposed on light 1332 produced by light source 1312 during the second time interval.
- filtered light 1334 will carry the first image during the first time interval and the second image during the second time interval.
- Adaptable parallax barrier 1316 operates to pass only a portion of the first image during the first time interval and to pass only a portion of the second image during the second time interval.
- first projected light 1132 Due to the interaction of first projected light 1132 with a light manipulator and reflective panel of a projection screen (e.g., projection screen 1104 ), the portion of the first image will be directed to one eye of a viewer. Due to interaction of second projected light 1134 with the light manipulator and reflective panel of the projection screen, the portion of the second image will be directed to the other eye of the viewer. These portions will be combined in the mind of a viewer as a three-dimensional image.
- FIG. 14 depicts a flowchart 1400 of an alternate method used by a projection system to visually present a two-dimensional or three-dimensional image to a viewer in accordance with certain embodiments.
- the method of flowchart 1400 may be performed, for example, by projection system 100 as described above in reference to FIG. 1 , by projection system 700 as described above in reference to FIG. 7 , by projection system 900 as described above in reference to FIG. 9 or by projection system 1100 as described above in reference to FIG. 11 .
- the method is not limited to those embodiments and may be practiced by other systems or components entirely.
- the method of flowchart 1400 begins at step 1402 during which first light is projected toward a first projection screen in accordance with a first orientation.
- This step may be performed, for example, by first projection assembly 112 of FIG. 1 which may project first light 132 onto projection screen 104 in accordance with a first orientation.
- This step may also be performed, for example, by first projection assembly 712 of FIG. 7 or first projection assembly 912 of FIG. 9 .
- this step may be performed by projection assembly 1112 of FIG. 11 which may project first light 1132 onto projection screen 1104 in accordance with a first orientation.
- second light is projected toward the projection screen in accordance with a second orientation.
- This step may be performed, for example, by first projection assembly 112 of FIG. 1 which may project second light 134 onto projection screen 104 in accordance with a second orientation.
- This step may also be performed, for example, by second projection assembly 714 of FIG. 7 or second projection assembly 914 of FIG. 9 .
- this step may be performed by projection assembly 1112 of FIG. 11 which may project second light 1134 onto projection screen 1104 in accordance with a second orientation.
- steps 1402 and 1404 are performed concurrently, such that the first light and the second light are projected at the same time. In certain alternate embodiments involving projectors having only a single projection assembly, steps 1402 and 1404 are performed during different but consecutive time intervals. To visually present a two-dimensional image, the first light and the second light respectively projected during steps 1402 and 1404 may each represent the same two-dimensional image, or at least a portion of the same two-dimensional image.
- the first light projected during step 1402 may represent at least a first image and the second light projected during step 1404 may represent at least a second image, wherein the first and second images correspond to different perspective views of the same subject matter that, when taken together, comprise a single three-dimensional image.
- a projection screen including a light manipulator causes at least a portion of the first light to be reflected to a right eye of a viewer.
- This step may be performed, for example, by reflective panel 122 and parallax barrier 124 of projection screen 104 which operate in a combined fashion to cause at least a portion of first light 132 to be reflected to a right eye of a viewer, such as viewer 106 .
- This step may also be performed, for example, by reflective panel 722 and lenticular lens 724 of projection screen 704 and by reflective panel 956 and adaptable light manipulator 954 of projection screen 904 .
- This step may further be performed, for example, by reflective panel 1122 and parallax barrier 1124 of projection screen 1104 which operate in a combined fashion to cause at least a portion of first light 1132 to be reflected to a right eye of a viewer, such as viewer 1106 .
- reflective panel 1122 and parallax barrier 1124 of projection screen 1104 which operate in a combined fashion to cause at least a portion of first light 1132 to be reflected to a right eye of a viewer, such as viewer 1106 .
- the projection screen including the light manipulator causes at least a portion of the second light to be reflected to a left eye of the viewer.
- This step may be performed, for example, by reflective panel 122 and parallax barrier 124 of projection screen 104 which operate in a combined fashion to cause at least a portion of second light 134 to be reflected to a left eye of a viewer, such as viewer 106 .
- This step may also be performed, for example, by reflective panel 722 and lenticular lens 724 of projection screen 704 and by reflective panel 956 and adaptable light manipulator 954 of projection screen 904 .
- This step may further be performed, for example, by reflective panel 1122 and parallax barrier 1124 of projection screen 1104 which operate in a combined fashion to cause at least a portion of second light 1134 to be reflected to a left eye of a viewer, such as viewer 1106 .
- reflective panel 1122 and parallax barrier 1124 of projection screen 1104 which operate in a combined fashion to cause at least a portion of second light 1134 to be reflected to a left eye of a viewer, such as viewer 1106 .
- first image content The portion of the first light that is reflected to the right eye of the viewer during step 1406
- second image content the portion of the second light that is reflected to the left eye of the viewer during step 1408
- first and second image content By controlling the first and second image content, a projection system in accordance with an embodiment (e.g., projection system 100 of FIG. 1 , projection system 700 of FIG. 7 , projection system 900 of FIG. 9 , or projection system 1100 of FIG. 11 ) can selectively enable the viewing of either two-dimensional images or three-dimensional images by a viewer.
- the first image content comprises a first portion of a view of certain subject matter from a given perspective and the second image content comprises a second portion of the view of the same subject matter from the same perspective
- the first and second image content can be combined in the mind of a viewer to form a two-dimensional image of the subject matter.
- the first image content comprises a view of certain subject matter from a first perspective and the second image content comprises a view of the same subject matter from a second perspective that is different from the first
- the first and second image content can be combined in the mind of a viewer to form a three-dimensional image of the subject matter.
- the projection systems described above are all forward-projection systems. However, it is conceivable that the same projection systems could be implemented as rear-projection systems by placing the projector behind the projection screen and substituting the reflective panel of the projection screen with a panel that transmits and preferably diffuses light. Any of the projectors described above could then be used to selectively deliver first and second image content to the projection screen and a light manipulator integrated therewith could deliver the first image content to the right eye of a viewer and deliver the second image content to the left eye of a viewer.
- FIG. 15 is a diagram of an example rear-projection system 1500 that utilizes such a simplified design.
- rear-projection system 1500 includes a projector 1502 having a single projection assembly 1512 and a projection screen 1504 comprising a transmissive panel 1522 and a parallax barrier 1524 .
- First projection assembly 1512 is operable to project light 1532 containing first image content and second image content toward projection screen 1504 .
- the first image content and the second image content may each represent the same two-dimensional image, or at least a portion of the same two-dimensional image.
- the first image content may represent at least a first image and second image content may represent at least a second image, the first and second images corresponding to different perspective views of the same subject matter that, when taken together, comprise a single three-dimensional image.
- the first image content is projected onto first portions of panel 1522 .
- Panel 1522 is transmissive and thus passes (and optionally diffuses) such content.
- Parallax barrier 1524 is arranged so that light passed by these first portions is substantially directed to only one eye of a viewer 1506 .
- light passed by the first portions may be substantially directed to a right eye of viewer 1506 , but not to a left eye of viewer 1506 .
- the second image content is projected onto second portions of panel 1522 .
- Parallax barrier 1524 is arranged so that light passed by these second portions is substantially directed to only the other eye of viewer 1506 .
- light passed by the second portions may be substantially directed to a left eye of viewer 1506 , but not to the right eye of viewer 1506 .
- system 1500 can selectively enable the viewing of either two-dimensional images or three-dimensional images by viewer 1506 .
- the first image content comprises a first portion of a view of certain subject matter from a given perspective and the second image content comprises a second portion of the view of the same subject matter from the same perspective
- the first and second image content can be combined in the mind of viewer 1506 to form a two-dimensional image of the subject matter.
- the first image content comprises a view of certain subject matter from a first perspective and the second image content comprises a view of the same subject matter from a second perspective that is different from the first, then the first and second image content can be combined in the mind of viewer 1806 to form a three-dimensional image of the subject matter.
- projection screen 1504 of system 1500 includes parallax barrier 1524 for performing light manipulation
- other types of light manipulators such as a lenticular lens
- the light manipulator portion of screen 1504 may be fixed or adaptive depending upon the implementation.
Abstract
Description
- This application claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 61/291,818, filed on Dec. 31, 2009, and U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 61/303,119, filed on Feb. 10, 2010. The entirety of each of these applications is incorporated by reference herein.
- This application is also related to the following U.S. Patent Applications, each of which also claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Patent Application Nos. 61/291,818 and 61/303,119 and each of which is incorporated by reference herein:
- U.S. patent application Ser. No. 12/774,307, filed on May 5, 2010, and entitled “Display with Elastic Light Manipulator”; and
- U.S. patent application Ser. No. 12/845,409, filed on Jul. 28, 2010, and entitled “Display with Adaptable Parallax Barrier.”
- 1. Field of the Invention
- The present invention relates to projectors, projection screens, and projection systems that support the viewing of both two-dimensional and three-dimensional images.
- 2. Background Art
- A projector is a device that receives a signal representative of an image and projects or “throws” the corresponding image on a projection screen or other suitable surface using a lens system. Projectors use a very bright light to project the image, and most modern ones can correct any curves, blurriness, and other inconsistencies through manual settings. Projectors are widely used for conference room presentations, classroom training and live events applications. Projectors are also widely used in many schools and other educational settings, connected to an interactive whiteboard to interactively teach pupils.
- Projectors are also increasingly being used for home theater applications. Such applications allow consumers to view video content from a variety of sources on a large screen, often accompanied by surround-sound audio, while in the comfort of their own home. A projector used in the home may be mounted or placed in front of a projection screen or other suitable reflective surface. In this case, the light projected by the projector is reflected off of the projection screen and the reflected light is perceived by a viewer. A projector may also be built into a cabinet or other suitable enclosure behind a rear-projection screen to form a single unified display device, sometimes referred to as a rear-projection television or RPTV. In the case of rear-projection systems, the screen passes the light emitted by the projector rather than reflecting it.
- An emerging trend in home entertainment involves the delivery of video content capable of being displayed in three-dimensions. A variety of techniques may be used to achieve three-dimensional image viewing functionality. In the case of projection systems, the primary approach to viewing three-dimensional content appears to be the use of glasses that may be worn by users to view three-dimensional images projected on a screen. Examples of such glasses include glasses that utilize color filters or polarized filters. In each case, the lenses of the glasses pass two-dimensional images of differing perspective to the user's left and right eyes. The images are combined in the visual center of the brain of the user to be perceived as a three-dimensional image. In another example, synchronized left eye, right eye liquid crystal display (LCD) shutter glasses may be used with conventional projection systems to create a three-dimensional viewing illusion. Problems exist with such techniques for viewing three-dimensional images. For instance, persons that use such projection systems to view three-dimensional images may suffer from headaches, eyestrain, and/or nausea after long exposure. Furthermore, some content, such as two-dimensional text, may be more difficult to read and interpret when displayed three-dimensionally.
- Projection systems, including projectors and projection screens, that support the presentation of two-dimensional and three-dimensional images for viewing are described herein, as well as methods for operating the same. Such apparatuses, systems, and methods are substantially as shown in and/or described herein in connection with at least one of the figures, as set forth more completely in the claims.
- The accompanying drawings, which are incorporated herein and form a part of the specification, illustrate the present invention and, together with the description, further serve to explain the principles of the invention and to enable a person skilled in the pertinent art to make and use the invention.
-
FIG. 1 is a diagram of an example projection system that utilizes a combined projection screen/parallax barrier and a projector having multiple projection assemblies to facilitate the viewing of both two-dimensional and three-dimensional images in accordance with an embodiment. -
FIG. 2 is a front view of a projector having two projection assemblies in accordance with an embodiment, wherein one of the projection assemblies comprises user-moveable components to allow for manual adjustment thereof. -
FIG. 3 is a front view of a projector having two projection assemblies in accordance with an alternate embodiment, wherein both of the projections assemblies comprise user-moveable components to allow for manual adjustment thereof. -
FIG. 4 is a block diagram of a projector that includes two projection assemblies for facilitating the viewing of both two-dimensional and three-dimensional images in accordance with an embodiment. -
FIG. 5 is a block diagram of a projector that includes two projection assemblies for facilitating the viewing of both two-dimensional and three-dimensional images in accordance with an alternate embodiment. -
FIG. 6 is a block diagram of a projector that includes two projection assemblies for facilitating the viewing of both two-dimensional and three-dimensional images in accordance with yet another alternate embodiment. -
FIG. 7 is a diagram of an example projection system that utilizes a combined projection screen/lenticular lens and a projector having multiple projection assemblies to facilitate the viewing of both two-dimensional and three-dimensional images in accordance with an embodiment. -
FIG. 8 is a block diagram of a projector that includes two projection assemblies for facilitating the viewing of both two-dimensional and three-dimensional images in accordance with a further alternate embodiment. -
FIG. 9 is a block diagram of a projection system in accordance with an embodiment that supports synchronization between adaptable parallax barriers in a projector and an adaptable light manipulator of a projection screen. -
FIG. 10 depicts a flowchart of a method used by a projection system to visually present a two-dimensional or three-dimensional image to a viewer in accordance with certain embodiments. -
FIG. 11 is a diagram of an example projection system that utilizes a combined projection screen/light manipulator and a projector having a single projection assembly to facilitate the viewing of both two-dimensional and three-dimensional images in accordance with one embodiment. -
FIG. 12 is a block diagram of a projector that includes a single projection assembly for facilitating the viewing of both two-dimensional and three-dimensional images in accordance with an embodiment. -
FIG. 13 is a block diagram of a projector that includes a single projection assembly for facilitating the viewing of both two-dimensional and three-dimensional images in accordance with an alternate embodiment. -
FIG. 14 depicts a flowchart of an alternate method used by a projection system to visually present a two-dimensional or three-dimensional image to a viewer in accordance with certain embodiments. -
FIG. 15 is a diagram of an example rear-projection system that utilizes a combined projection screen/light manipulator and a projector to facilitate the viewing of both two-dimensional and three-dimensional images in accordance with an embodiment. - The present invention will now be described with reference to the accompanying drawings. In the drawings, like reference numbers indicate identical or functionally similar elements. Additionally, the left-most digit(s) of a reference number identifies the drawing in which the reference number first appears.
- The present specification discloses one or more embodiments that incorporate the features of the invention. The disclosed embodiment(s) merely exemplify the invention. The scope of the invention is not limited to the disclosed embodiment(s). The invention is defined by the claims appended hereto.
- References in the specification to “one embodiment,” “an embodiment,” “an example embodiment,” etc., indicate that the embodiment described may include a particular feature, structure, or characteristic, but every embodiment may not necessarily include the particular feature, structure, or characteristic. Moreover, such phrases are not necessarily referring to the same embodiment. Further, when a particular feature, structure, or characteristic is described in connection with an embodiment, it is submitted that it is within the knowledge of one skilled in the art to effect such feature, structure, or characteristic in connection with other embodiments whether or not explicitly described.
- Furthermore, it should be understood that spatial descriptions (e.g., “above,” “below,” “up,” “left,” “right,” “down,” “top,” “bottom,” “vertical,” “horizontal,” etc.) used herein are for purposes of illustration only, and that practical implementations of the structures described herein can be spatially arranged in any orientation or manner.
- Projection systems, including projectors and projection screens, that support the presentation of two-dimensional and three-dimensional images for viewing are described below, as well as methods for operating the same. In each of the example projection systems described herein, a projection screen is used in conjunction with a light manipulator, such as a parallax barrier or a lenticular lens, that is disposed adjacent to (and may be integrated with) the projection screen to support the viewing of both two-dimensional and three-dimensional images. First, exemplary projection systems that utilize a combined projection screen/light manipulator and a projector having at least two projection assemblies will be described. Second, exemplary projection systems that utilize a combined projection screen/light manipulator and a projector having a single projection assembly will be described. Finally, rear-projection variants will be described.
- A. Example 2D/3D Projection Systems that use a Combined Projection Screen/Light Manipulator and Projector with at Least Two Projection Assemblies
-
FIG. 1 is a diagram of anexample projection system 100 that utilizes a combined projection screen/light manipulator and a projector having multiple projection assemblies to facilitate the viewing of both two-dimensional and three-dimensional images in accordance with one embodiment. As shown inFIG. 1 ,projection system 100 includes aprojector 102 and aprojection screen 104.Projection system 100 is intended to represent a front-projection system. In accordance with a front-projection system, viewers are located on a same side ofprojection screen 104 asprojector 102. -
Projector 102 includes afirst projection assembly 112 and asecond projection assembly 114.First projection assembly 112 is operable to projectfirst light 132 towardprojection screen 104 andsecond projection assembly 114 is operable to projectsecond light 134 towardprojection screen 104.First projection assembly 112 may projectfirst light 132 towardprojection screen 104 in accordance with a first orientation whilesecond projection assembly 112 may projectsecond light 134 towardprojection screen 104 in accordance with a second orientation that is different than the first orientation. By utilizing different orientations, first andsecond projection assemblies first light 132 andsecond light 134 atprojection screen 104 at different angles so as to achieve a desired viewing effect. - In a two-dimensional viewing mode,
first light 132 andsecond light 134 may each represent the same two-dimensional image, or at least a portion of the same two-dimensional image. In a three-dimensional viewing mode,first light 132 may represent at least a first image andsecond light 134 may represent at least a second image, the first and second images corresponding to different perspective views of the same subject matter that, when taken together, comprise a single three-dimensional image. The manner in whichprojector 102 operates to generate and projectfirst light 132 andsecond light 134 will be described in more detail below. -
Projection screen 104 comprises a combination of areflective panel 122 and a light manipulator in the form of aparallax barrier 124.Panel 122 may comprise a sheet of white, silver or grey fabric, a painted wall, or any other element or structure having a surface that is suitable for diffusively reflecting light projected thereon.Parallax barrier 124 comprises a series of vertical light-blocking elements that are disposed in front ofpanel 122. The vertical light-blocking elements ofparallax barrier 124 define a series of vertical light-passing gaps or slits.Parallax barrier 124 may be implemented as a series of physically distinct bars or strips that are mounted in place overpanel 122. Alternatively,parallax barrier 124 may be implemented as a single layer of material comprising alternating opaque and transparent bars or strips. Still other implementations ofparallax barrier 124 may be used. -
Parallax barrier 124 is arranged such that only a portion offirst light 132 is allowed to reach certain portions ofpanel 122, referred to herein as first portions ofpanel 122.Parallax barrier 124 is further arranged so that light reflected from these first portions is substantially directed to only one eye of aviewer 106.Parallax barrier 124 is also arranged such that only a portion ofsecond light 134 is allowed to reach certain portions ofpanel 122, referred to herein as second portions ofpanel 122.Parallax barrier 124 is further arranged so that light reflected from these second portions is substantially directed to only the other eye ofviewer 106. - For ease of explanation, the image content of the portion of
first light 132 that is reflected from the first portions ofpanel 122 to one eye ofviewer 106 will be referred to as “first image content” and the image content of the portion of second light 134 that is reflected from the second portions ofpanel 122 to the other eye ofviewer 106 will be referred to as “second image content.” By controlling the first and second image content,system 100 can selectively enable the viewing of either two-dimensional images or three-dimensional images byviewer 106. For example, if the first image content comprises a first portion of a view of certain subject matter from a given perspective and the second image content comprises a second portion of the view of the same subject matter from the same perspective, then the first and second image content can be combined in the mind ofviewer 106 to form a two-dimensional image of the subject matter. As another example, if the first image content comprises a view of certain subject matter from a first perspective and the second image content comprises a view of the same subject matter from a second perspective that is different from the first, then the first and second image content can be combined in the mind ofviewer 106 to form a three-dimensional image of the subject matter. - One aspect of controlling the first image content and the second image content that reaches the eyes of a viewer involves controlling how light generated by one or more light sources within
projector 102 is filtered to generatefirst light 132 andsecond light 134. Various techniques for performing such filtering will be described below in reference to particular implementations ofprojector 102. - Another aspect of controlling the first image content and the second image content that reaches the eyes of a viewer involves taking into account the arrangement of
panel 122 andparallax barrier 124. Insystem 100, it is assumed thatpanel 122 andparallax barrier 124 are each mounted or placed in a manner such that they are maintained at a fixed distance from each other. It is further assumed that the dimensions of the blocking elements ofparallax barrier 124 and the spacing there between is also fixed. - Given this fixed nature of
projection screen 104, to ensure that desired first image content reaches one eye of a viewer and desired second image content reaches the other eye of the viewer, the distance between each offirst projection assembly 112 andsecond projection assembly 114 andprojection screen 104 must be controlled, as well as the angles at which light is projected by each offirst projection assembly 112 andsecond projection assembly 114 towardprojection screen 104. - One manner of controlling the distance between first and
second projection assemblies projection screen 104, as well as the angles at which such elements project light ontoprojection screen 104, is to mount orplace projector 102 in a suitable location relative toprojection screen 104. To this end,projector 102 may be configured to execute an application that assists an installer thereof in selecting a proper location for mounting or placement thereof. For example, such application may causeprojector 102 to project test images or patterns viafirst projection assembly 112 and/orsecond projection assembly 114 that can be used by an installer to determine whether or notprojector 102 has been mounted or placed in a suitable location relative toprojection screen 104. Still other methods may be used to select a suitable location. - Additionally, in certain embodiments, the distance between each of
first projection assembly 112 andsecond projection assembly 114 andprojection screen 104 as well as the angles at which each assembly directs light towardsprojection screen 104 can be controlled by permitting a user to adjust certain aspects of one or both projection assemblies. For example,FIG. 2 is a front view of aprojector 200 having two projection assemblies in accordance with an embodiment, wherein one of the projection assemblies comprises user-moveable components to allow for useradjustment thereof Projector 200 may be one implementation ofprojector 102 ofFIG. 1 . As shown inFIG. 2 ,projector 200 includes afirst projection assembly 202 that is moveable along ahorizontal axis 206 and asecond projection assembly 204. Such a design enables a user to adjust a horizontal position offirst projection assembly 202 and a horizontal spacing betweenfirst projection assembly 202 andsecond projection assembly 204 to achieve a desired viewing configuration. For example, the horizontal spacing may be adjusted to account for the relative distance ofprojector 200 from a projection screen in relation to a viewer and/or to account for a viewer's change in location. Depending upon the implementation ofprojector 200, such adjustment may be made, for example, by manipulating a dial, joystick or other integrated control element ofprojector 200 or by using a remote control interface or the like. - As another example,
FIG. 3 is a front view of aprojector 300 having two projection assemblies in accordance with an embodiment, wherein both of the projection assemblies comprise user-moveable components to allow for useradjustment thereof Projector 300 may also be an implementation ofprojector 102 ofFIG. 1 . As shown inFIG. 3 ,projector 300 includes afirst projection assembly 302 that is moveable along a firsthorizontal axis 306 and asecond projection assembly 304 that is moveable along a secondhorizontal axis 308.Projector 300 is designed so that a user can adjust the horizontal position of each offirst projection assembly 302 andsecond projection assembly 304 as well as a horizontal spacing between such elements to achieve a desired viewing configuration. Since both projection assemblies are adjustable in this manner,projector 300 may more flexibly accommodate, for example, arrangements where a viewer is located to the left or right of the center of the projection screen. Depending upon the implementation ofprojector 300, such adjustment may be made, for example, by manipulating a dial, joystick or other integrated control element ofprojector 300 or by using a remote control interface or the like. In one embodiment, horizontal movement offirst projection assembly 302 andsecond projection assembly 304 is synchronized such that each projection assembly is offset by the same distance from a predefined point (e.g. a predefined center point between the two projection assemblies). - As will be appreciated by persons skilled in the relevant art(s), in certain embodiments, other aspects associated with a projection assembly may be modifiable by a user. For example, depending upon the projector design, a user may be able to shift a projection assembly in a horizontal, vertical and/or diagonal direction, adjust an orientation of a projection assembly to change the angles at which light projected therefrom strikes a projections screen (e.g., pan or tilt type controls), and/or adjust a zoom level of a lens assembly associated with a particular projection assembly.
- In
FIG. 1 ,projector 102 is shown as being behindviewer 106. However, such an arrangement has been provided by way of example only. For example, in accordance with other embodiments,projector 102 may be located directly above the head ofviewer 106 or in any other location at whichprojector 102 can project light ontoprojection screen 104. To accommodate different positions ofprojector 102, different methods of generatingfirst light 132 and/orsecond light 134 may be utilized, different aspects offirst projection assembly 112 and/orsecond projection assembly 114 may be modified, and/or different configurations ofprojection screen 104 may be used. -
FIG. 4 is a block diagram of aprojector 400 that includes two projection assemblies for facilitating the viewing of both two-dimensional and three-dimensional images in accordance with an embodiment.Projector 400 may comprise one implementation ofprojector 102 ofFIG. 1 . As shown inFIG. 4 ,projector 400 includes afirst projection assembly 402, asecond projection assembly 404 andprojector control circuitry 406 connected to each. -
Projector control circuitry 406 controlsfirst projector assembly 402 to produce first projectedlight 436 for projection onto a projection screen.Projector control circuitry 406 further controlssecond projector assembly 404 to produce second projectedlight 446 for projection onto a projection screen. First projected light 436 includes at least first image content that is intended for one eye of a viewer and second projectedlight 446 includes at least second image content that is intended for the other eye of the viewer. Depending upon the nature of the first image content and second image content, when such image content is perceived by the viewer it may be perceived as either a two-dimensional image or a three-dimensional image. - As further shown in
FIG. 4 ,first projection assembly 402 includes a firstlight source 412, afirst image generator 414 and afirst lens assembly 416. Firstlight source 412 operates to producefirst light 432. Depending upon the implementation, firstlight source 412 may comprise, for example and without limitation, one or more lamps (e.g., one or more fluorescent, incandescent or gas discharge lamps), an array of light emitting diodes (LEDs), an array of laser diodes, or a hybrid light source based on both LED and laser diodes. Still other types of light sources may be used. -
First image generator 414 receivesfirst light 432 generated by firstlight source 412 and filters such light to impose image content thereon, thereby producing first filteredlight 434. First filteredlight 434 may comprise a plurality of discrete regions of varying color and intensity. Such regions may be referred to, for example, as pixels. Various types of technology may be utilized to implementfirst image generator 414 including but not limited to liquid crystal display (LCD) projection technology (in which casefirst image generator 414 may comprise dichroic mirrors and corresponding red, green and blue LCD panels), digital light processing (DLP) projection technology (in which casefirst image generator 414 may comprise one or more digital micromirror devices), or liquid crystal on silicon (LCoS) projection technology (in which casefirst image generator 414 may comprise one or more LCoS display chips). Still other types of technology may be used to implementfirst image generator 414. -
First lens assembly 416 receives first filteredlight 434 generated byfirst image generator 414 and operates to spread such light outward, thereby generating first projectedlight 436. First projected light 436 is intended to be “thrown” toward a suitable projection screen, such asprojection screen 104 ofFIG. 1 . Depending upon the implementation,first lens assembly 416 may comprise one or more lenses, and may be implemented as a fixed lens, zoom lens, wide angle lens, or the like. -
Second projection assembly 404 is configured similarly tofirst projection assembly 402. For example,second projection assembly 404 includes a secondlight source 422, asecond image generator 424 and asecond lens assembly 426. Each of these components may be implemented in a like fashion to similarly-named components offirst projection assembly 402 as previously described. Secondlight source 422 operates to producesecond light 442.Second image generator 424 receivessecond light 442 generated by secondlight source 422 and filters such light to impose image content thereon, thereby producing second filteredlight 444.Second lens assembly 426 receives second filteredlight 444 generated bysecond image generator 424 and operates to spread such light outward, thereby generating second projectedlight 446, which is intended to be “thrown” toward a suitable projection screen, such asprojection screen 104 ofFIG. 1 . -
Projector control circuitry 406 operates to control the image content that is imposed onfirst light 432 byfirst image generator 414 and to control the image content that is imposed onsecond light 442 bysecond image generator 424. Such image content may be received or derived from an image content source that is connected toprojector 400. By way of example,projector control circuitry 406 may cause the same two-dimensional image to be imposed onfirst light 432 andsecond light 442 at approximately the same time. Consequently, first projected light 436 and second projected light 446 will comprise a projection of the same two-dimensional image and the viewer will perceive a two-dimensional image formed from reflected portions of first projectedlight 436 and second projectedlight 446. Alternatively,projector control circuitry 406 may cause a first image that provides a view of certain subject matter from one perspective to be imposed onfirst light 432 and a second image that provides a view of the same subject matter from a different perspective to be imposed onsecond light 442 at approximately the same time. In this case, first projected light 436 will comprise a projection of the first image, second projected light 446 will comprise a projection of the second image, and the viewer will perceive a three-dimensional image formed from reflected portions of first projectedlight 436 and second projectedlight 446. - Thus, by controlling the image content that is imposed on
first light 432 byfirst image generator 414 and the image content that is imposed onsecond light 442 bysecond image generator 424,projector control circuitry 406 can operate to cause a viewer to perceive a particular two-dimensional or three-dimensional image. It is to be understood that the image may comprise a persistent still image or one of a series of images that together comprise a video stream. - In a further example,
projector control circuitry 406 may impose image content comprising two or more views of the same subject matter from different perspectives on each offirst light 432 and second light 442 (e.g., two, four, or eight views of the same subject matter from different perspectives) thereby enabling the simultaneous display of multiple three-dimensional images, wherein the position of a viewer dictates which of the multiple three-dimensional images is currently perceived. -
FIG. 5 is a block diagram of aprojector 500 that includes two projection assemblies for facilitating the viewing of both two-dimensional and three-dimensional images in accordance with an alternate embodiment. Likeprojector 400,projector 500 may comprise one implementation ofprojector 102 ofFIG. 1 . As shown inFIG. 5 ,projector 500 includes afirst projection assembly 502, asecond projection assembly 504 andprojector control circuitry 506 connected to each. -
Projector control circuitry 506 controlsfirst projector assembly 502 to produce first projectedlight 538 for projection onto a projection screen.Projector control circuitry 506 further controlssecond projector assembly 504 to produce second projectedlight 548 for projection onto a projection screen. First projected light 538 includes at least first image content that is intended for one eye of a viewer and second projectedlight 548 includes at least second image content that is intended for the other eye of the viewer. Depending upon the nature of the first image content and second image content, when such image content is perceived by the viewer it may be perceived as either a two-dimensional image or a three-dimensional image. -
Projector 500 differs fromprojector 400 in that a singlelight source 512 is used by bothfirst projection assembly 502 andsecond projection assembly 504. Like firstlight source 412 and secondlight source 422 ofprojector 400,light source 512 may comprise, for example and without limitation, one or more lamps, an array of LEDs, an array of laser diodes, or a hybrid light source based on both LED and laser diodes. Still other types of light sources may be used.Light source 512 produces light 532 that is received by alight distributor 514 that splits light 532 intofirst light 534 andsecond light 544. Depending upon the implementation,light distributor 514 may comprise, for example, a prism, a mirror, or other device or element suitable for splitting a single beam of light into multiple beams of light. - As further shown in
FIG. 5 ,first projection assembly 502 also includes afirst image generator 516 and afirst lens assembly 518. Each of these components may be implemented in a like fashion tofirst image generator 414 andfirst lens assembly 416 ofprojector 400, as previously described.First image generator 516 receivesfirst light 534 fromlight distributor 514 and filters such light to impose image content thereon, thereby producing first filteredlight 536.First lens assembly 518 receives first filteredlight 536 generated byfirst image generator 516 and operates to spread such light outward, thereby generating first projectedlight 538. First projected light 538 is intended to be “thrown” toward a suitable projection screen, such asprojection screen 104 ofFIG. 1 . -
Second projection assembly 504 further includes asecond image generator 526 and asecond lens assembly 528, each of which may be implemented in a like fashion to similarly-named components offirst projection assembly 502 as previously described.Second image generator 526 receives second light 544 fromlight distributor 514 and filters such light to impose image content thereon, thereby producing second filteredlight 546.Second lens assembly 528 receives second filteredlight 546 generated bysecond image generator 526 and operates to spread such light outward, thereby generating second projectedlight 548, which is intended to be “thrown” toward a suitable projection screen, such asprojection screen 104 ofFIG. 1 . -
Projector control circuitry 506 operates to control the image content that is imposed onfirst light 534 byfirst image generator 516 and to control the image content that is imposed onsecond light 544 bysecond image generator 526. Such image content may be received or derived from an image content source that is connected toprojector 500. By so doing,projector control circuitry 506 can operate to cause a viewer to perceive a particular two-dimensional or three-dimensional image. The three-dimensional image may be one of one or more simultaneously-displayed three-dimensional images. At least one manner by whichprojector control circuitry 506 may achieve this was described in detail above in reference toprojector 400 ofFIG. 4 and thus will not be repeated here for the sake of brevity. -
FIG. 6 is a block diagram of aprojector 600 that includes two projection assemblies for facilitating the viewing of both two-dimensional and three-dimensional images in accordance with yet another alternate embodiment. Likeprojector 400,projector 600 may comprise one implementation ofprojector 102 ofFIG. 1 . As shown inFIG. 6 ,projector 600 includes afirst projection assembly 602, asecond projection assembly 604 andprojector control circuitry 606 connected to each. -
Projector control circuitry 606 controlsfirst projector assembly 602 to produce first projectedlight 638 for projection onto a projection screen.Projector control circuitry 606 further controlssecond projector assembly 604 to produce second projectedlight 648 for projection onto a projection screen. First projected light 638 includes at least first image content that is intended for one eye of a viewer and second projectedlight 648 includes at least second image content that is intended for the other eye of the viewer. Depending upon the nature of the first image content and second image content, when such image content is perceived by the viewer it may be perceived as either a two-dimensional image or a three-dimensional image. -
Projector 600 differs fromprojector 400 in that a singlelight source 612 and asingle image generator 614 is used by bothfirst projection assembly 602 andsecond projection assembly 604. Like firstlight source 412 and secondlight source 422 ofprojector 400,light source 612 may comprise, for example and without limitation, one or more lamps, an array of LEDs, an array of laser diodes, or a hybrid light source based on both LED and laser diodes. Still other types of light sources may be used. -
Image generator 614 receives light 632 fromlight source 612 and filters such light to impose image content thereon, thereby producing filteredlight 634.Image generator 614 may be implemented in a like fashion tofirst image generator 414 ofprojector 400, as previously described. Filtered light 634 is received by alight distributor 616 that splits filtered light 634 into first filteredlight 636 and second filteredlight 646, each of which carries the same image content. Depending upon the implementation,light distributor 616 may comprise, for example, a prism, a mirror, or other device or element suitable for splitting a single beam of light into multiple beams of light. - As further shown in
FIG. 6 ,first projection assembly 602 also includes afirst lens assembly 618.First lens assembly 618 may be implemented in a like fashion tofirst lens assembly 416 ofprojector 400, as previously described.First lens assembly 618 receives first filtered light 636 fromlight distributor 616 and operates to spread such light outward, thereby generating first projectedlight 638. First projected light 638 is intended to be “thrown” toward a suitable projection screen, such asprojection screen 104 ofFIG. 1 . -
Second projection assembly 604 further includes asecond lens assembly 628, which may be implemented in a like fashion tofirst lens assembly 618.Second lens assembly 628 receives second filtered light 646 fromlight distributor 616 and operates to spread such light outward, thereby generating second projectedlight 648, which is intended to be “thrown” toward a suitable projection screen, such asprojection screen 104 ofFIG. 1 . -
Projector control circuitry 606 operates to control the image content that is imposed onlight 632 byimage generator 614. Such image content may be received or derived from an image content source that is connected toprojector 600. By so doing,projector control circuitry 606 can operate to cause a viewer to perceive a particular two-dimensional or three-dimensional image. This is true even though a single image generator (i.e., image generator 614) is used, since in certain implementations the desired two-dimensional or three-dimensional viewing effect can be achieved by projecting light that includes the same image content from both projection assemblies. In a two-dimensional viewing mode, the image content comprises a single two-dimensional image which is then simultaneously projected by both projection assemblies. In a three-dimensional viewing mode, the image content comprises an interleaving of at least a first image and a second image, wherein each image provides a different perspective view of the same subject matter. In accordance with this embodiment, the parallax barrier at the projection screen operates to cause the portion of the image content that represents the first image to be directed to one eye of a viewer and the portion of the image content that represents the second image to be directed to the other eye of the viewer. -
FIG. 7 is a diagram of anexample projection system 700 that utilizes a combined projection screen/light manipulator and a projector having multiple projection assemblies to facilitate the viewing of both two-dimensional and three-dimensional images in accordance with an alternate embodiment. As shown inFIG. 7 ,projection system 700 includes aprojector 702 and aprojection screen 704. Likeprojection system 100 ofFIG. 1 ,projection system 700 is intended to represent a front-projection system. In accordance with a front-projection system, viewers are located on a same side ofprojection screen 704 asprojector 702. -
Projector 702 includes afirst projection assembly 712 and asecond projection assembly 714.First projection assembly 712 is operable to projectfirst light 732 towardprojection screen 704 andsecond projection assembly 714 is operable to projectsecond light 734 towardprojection screen 704.First projection assembly 712 may projectfirst light 732 towardprojection screen 704 in accordance with a first orientation whilesecond projection assembly 714 may projectsecond light 734 towardprojection screen 704 in accordance with a second orientation that is different than the first orientation. By utilizing different orientations, first andsecond projection assemblies first light 732 andsecond light 734 atprojection screen 704 at different angles so as to achieve a desired viewing effect. - In a two-dimensional viewing mode,
first light 732 andsecond light 734 may each represent at least a portion of the same two-dimensional image. In a three-dimensional viewing mode,first light 732 may represent at least a first image andsecond light 734 may represent at least a second image, the first and second images corresponding to different perspective views of the same subject matter that, when taken together, comprise a single three-dimensional image. The manner in whichprojector 702 operates to generate and projectfirst light 732 andsecond light 734 will be described in more detail below. -
Projection screen 704 comprises a combination of areflective panel 722 and a light manipulator in the form of alenticular lens 724. Likepanel 122 ofFIG. 1 ,panel 722 may comprise a sheet of white, silver or grey fabric, a painted wall, or any other element or structure having a surface that is suitable for diffusively reflecting light projected thereon.Lenticular lens 724 comprises an array of magnifying lenses configured so that when viewed from slightly different angles, different images are magnified.Lenticular lens 724 may be physically separate frompanel 722 but mounted or otherwise disposed closely thereto. Alternatively,lenticular lens 724 may be physically connected topanel 722 to provide an integrated projection screen. -
First projection assembly 712 projectsfirst light 732 in such a manner that, after interaction withlenticular lens 724, such light reaches only certain portions ofpanel 722, referred to herein as first portions of panel 1022.Lenticular lens 724 is configured such that light reflected from these first portions is substantially directed to only one eye of aviewer 706.Second projection assembly 712 projects second light 734 in such a manner that, after interaction withlenticular lens 724, such light reaches only certain portions ofpanel 722, referred to herein as second portions ofpanel 722.Lenticular lens 724 is configured such that light reflected from these second portions is substantially directed to only the other eye ofviewer 706. - For ease of explanation, the image content of
first light 732 that is reflected from the first portions ofpanel 722 to one eye ofviewer 706 will be referred to as “first image content” and the image content of second light 734 that is reflected from the second portions ofpanel 722 to the other eye ofviewer 1006 will be referred to herein as “second image content.” By controlling the first and second image content,system 700 can selectively enable the viewing of either two-dimensional images or three-dimensional images byviewer 706. For example, if the first image content comprises a first portion of a view of certain subject matter from a given perspective and the second image content comprises a second portion of the view of the same subject matter from the same perspective, then the first and second image content can be combined in the mind ofviewer 706 to form a two-dimensional image of the subject matter. As another example, if the first image content comprises a view of certain subject matter from a first perspective and the second image content comprises a view of the same subject matter from a second perspective that is different from the first, then the first and second image content can be combined in the mind ofviewer 706 to form a three-dimensional image of the subject matter. - One aspect of controlling the first image content and the second image content that reaches the eyes of a viewer involves controlling how light generated by one or more light sources within
projector 702 is filtered to generatefirst light 732 andsecond light 734. Various techniques for performing such filtering will be described below in reference to particular implementations ofprojector 702. - Another aspect of controlling the first image content and the second image content that reaches the eyes of a viewer involves taking into account the arrangement of
panel 722 andlenticular lens 724. Insystem 700, it is assumed thatpanel 722 andlenticular lens 724 are each mounted or placed in a manner such that they are maintained at a fixed distance from each other. It is further assumed that the dimensions of the magnifying lenses oflenticular lens 724 are also fixed. - Given this fixed nature of
projection screen 704, to ensure that desired first image content reaches one eye of a viewer and desired second image content reaches the other eye of the viewer, the distance between each offirst projection assembly 712 andsecond projection assembly 714 andprojection screen 704 must be controlled, as well as the angles at which light is projected by each offirst projection assembly 712 andsecond projection assembly 714 towardprojection screen 704. To achieve this, various approaches and mechanisms described above in reference toprojection system 100 ofFIG. 1 may be used. Such approaches and mechanisms include but are not limited to mounting or placingprojector 702 in a suitable location relative toprojection screen 704 and adjusting certain aspects of one or bothprojection assemblies 712 and 714 (e.g., horizontal, vertical or diagonal shifting of projection assemblies, pan and tilt modifications to the orientation of projection assemblies, and modification of zoom levels of a lens assembly associated with a particular projection assembly) in embodiments that support such features. - In
FIG. 7 ,projector 702 is shown as being behindviewer 706. However, such an arrangement has been provided by way of example only. For example, in accordance with other embodiments,projector 702 may be located directly above the head ofviewer 706 or in any other location at whichprojector 702 can project light ontoprojection screen 704. To accommodate different positions ofprojector 702, different methods of generatingfirst light 732 and/orsecond light 734 may be utilized, different aspects offirst projection assembly 712 and/orsecond projection assembly 714 may be modified, and/or different configurations ofprojection screen 704 may be used. -
FIG. 8 is a block diagram of aprojector 800 that includes two projection assemblies for facilitating the viewing of both two-dimensional and three-dimensional images in accordance with a further alternate embodiment.Projector 800 may comprise one implementation ofprojector 702 ofFIG. 7 . As shown inFIG. 8 ,projector 800 includes afirst projection assembly 802, asecond projection assembly 804 andprojector control circuitry 806 connected to each. -
Projector control circuitry 806 controlsfirst projector assembly 802 to produce first projectedlight 838 for projection onto a projection screen.Projector control circuitry 806 further controlssecond projector assembly 804 to produce second projectedlight 848 for projection onto a projection screen. First projected light 838 includes at least first image content that is intended for one eye of a viewer and second projectedlight 848 includes at least second image content that is intended for the other eye of the viewer. Depending upon the nature of the first image content and second image content, when such image content is perceived by the viewer it may be perceived as either a two-dimensional image or a three-dimensional image. - As further shown in
FIG. 8 ,first projection assembly 802 includes a firstlight source 812, afirst image generator 814, afirst parallax barrier 816 and afirst lens assembly 818. Firstlight source 812 operates to producefirst light 832. Depending upon the implementation, firstlight source 812 may comprise, for example and without limitation, one or more lamps, an array of LEDs, an array of laser diodes, or a hybrid light source based on both LED and laser diodes. Still other types of light sources may be used. -
First image generator 814 receivesfirst light 832 generated by firstlight source 812 and filters such light to impose image content thereon, thereby producing first filteredlight 834. First filteredlight 834 may comprise a plurality of discrete regions of varying color and intensity. Such regions may be referred to, for example, as pixels. Various types of technology may be utilized to implementfirst image generator 814 including but not limited to LCD projection technology, DLP projection technology, or LCoS projection technology. Still other types of technology may be used to implementfirst image generator 814. -
First parallax barrier 816 receives first filteredlight 834 generated byfirst image generator 814 and manipulates such light to produce first manipulatedlight 836. The manipulation performed byfirst parallax barrier 816 causes only certain portions of first filteredlight 814 to be passed tofirst lens assembly 818 and thus,first parallax barrier 816 may be thought of as performing a light filtering function. -
First lens assembly 818 receives first manipulated light 836 produced byfirst parallax barrier 816 and operates to spread such light outward, thereby generating first projectedlight 838. First projected light 838 is intended to be “thrown” toward a suitable projection screen, such asprojection screen 704 ofFIG. 7 . Depending upon the implementation,first lens assembly 818 may comprise one or more lenses, and may be implemented as a fixed lens, zoom lens, wide angle lens, or the like. -
Second projection assembly 804 is configured similarly tofirst projection assembly 802. For example,second projection assembly 804 includes a secondlight source 822, asecond image generator 824, asecond parallax barrier 826 and asecond lens assembly 828. Each of these components may be implemented in a like fashion to similarly-named components offirst projection assembly 802 as previously described. Secondlight source 822 operates to producesecond light 842.Second image generator 824 receivessecond light 842 generated by secondlight source 822 and filters such light to impose image content thereon, thereby producing second filteredlight 844.Second parallax barrier 826 receives second filteredlight 844 generated bysecond image generator 824 and manipulates such light to produce second manipulatedlight 846.Second lens assembly 828 receives second manipulated light 846 produced bysecond parallax barrier 826 and operates to spread such light outward, thereby generating second projectedlight 848, which is intended to be “thrown” toward a suitable projection screen, such asprojection screen 704 ofFIG. 7 . -
Projector control circuitry 806 operates to control the image content that is imposed onfirst light 832 byfirst image generator 814 and to control the image content that is imposed onsecond light 842 bysecond image generator 824. Such image content may be received or derived from an image content source that is connected toprojector 800. By way of example,projector control circuitry 806 may cause the same two-dimensional image to be imposed onfirst light 832 andsecond light 842 at approximately the same time. Consequently, first filteredlight 836 and second filteredlight 846 will carry the same two-dimensional image.First parallax barrier 816 operates to pass only a first portion of this two-dimensional image whilesecond parallax barrier 826 operates to pass only a second portion of this two-dimensional image. Due to the interaction of first projected light 838 with a lenticular lens and reflective panel of a projection screen (e.g., projection screen 704), the first portion of the two-dimensional image will be directed to one eye of a viewer. Due to interaction of second projected light 848 with the lenticular lens and reflective panel of the projection screen, the second portion of the two-dimensional image will be directed to the other eye of the viewer. These portions will be combined in the mind of a viewer as a single two-dimensional image. - Alternatively,
projector control circuitry 806 may cause a first image that provides a view of certain subject matter from one perspective to be imposed onfirst light 832 and a second image that provides a view of the same subject matter from a different perspective to be imposed onsecond light 842 at approximately the same time. In this case, first filteredlight 836 will carry the first image and second filteredlight 846 will carry the second image.First parallax barrier 816 operates to pass only a portion of the first image whilesecond parallax barrier 826 operates to pass only a portion of the second image. Due to the interaction of first projected light 838 with a lenticular lens and reflective panel of a projection screen (e.g., projection screen 704), the portion of the first image will be directed to one eye of a viewer. Due to interaction of second projected light 848 with the lenticular lens and reflective panel of the projection screen, the portion of the second image will be directed to the other eye of the viewer. These portions will be combined in the mind of a viewer as a three-dimensional image. - Thus, by controlling the image content that is imposed on
first light 832 byfirst image generator 814 and the image content that is imposed onsecond light 842 bysecond image generator 824,projector control circuitry 806 can operate to cause a viewer to perceive a particular two-dimensional or three-dimensional image. It is to be understood that the image may comprise a persistent still image or one of a series of images that together comprise a video stream. - In a further example,
projector control circuitry 806 may impose image content comprising more than two views of the same subject matter from different perspectives on each offirst light 832 and second light 842 (e.g., two, four, or eight views of the same subject matter from different perspectives) thereby enabling the simultaneous display of multiple three-dimensional images, wherein the position of a viewer dictates which of the multiple three-dimensional images is currently perceived. - As described above,
projector 800 includes two parallax barriers for filtering image content to be projected byprojection assemblies lenticular lens 824 ofscreen 804 does not perform a light-blocking function such as that performed byparallax barrier 124 ofprojection screen 104. Thus, the parallax barriers inprojector 800 may be used to ensure that first projectedlight 838 and second projected light 848 can be thrown onto the same screen in a manner that minimizes or avoids image overlap. However, it is important to note thatprojector 800 can also be used with a screen that includes a parallax barrier rather than a lenticular lens (such as screen 104), in order to provide projector-based control over placement of the projected images on the screen. Thus,projector 800 can also be used withscreen 104 ofprojection system 100. - In certain embodiments of
projector 800,first parallax barrier 816 and firstsecond parallax barrier 826 are disposed in a fixed location within their respective projection assemblies and the dimensions of the blocking elements of each parallax barrier and the spacing there between is also fixed. In alternate embodiments ofprojector 800, various aspects offirst parallax barrier 816 and/orsecond parallax barrier 826 may be modified responsive to signals fromprojector control circuitry 806. Such modifiable aspects may include but are not limited to a distance between a parallax barrier and an image generator, a distance between a parallax barrier and a lens assembly, an orientation of the parallax barrier with respect to the image generator or lens assembly, the dimensions of one or more blocking elements of a parallax barrier, the spacing between blocking elements of a parallax barrier, and whether the parallax barrier is “on” or “off” (whether it performs a light blocking function at all). Various example implementations of adaptable parallax barriers are further described in commonly-owned, co-pending U.S. patent application Ser. No. 12/845,409, filed on Jul. 28, 2010, and entitled “Display with Adaptable Parallax Barrier,” the entirety of which is incorporated by reference herein. - The use of adaptable parallax barriers may be deemed desirable in order to “fine tune” the manner in which images are projected by
first projection assembly 802 andsecond projection assembly 804 onto a corresponding projection screen (e.g.,projection screen 104 ofFIG. 1 orprojection screen 704 ofFIG. 7 ). Such fine tuning may be performed, for example, in order to calibrateprojector 802 for optimal performance with a given projection screen installation. Such fine tuning may also be performed to account for a changing location and/or head orientation of one or more viewers.Projector control circuitry 806 may be made aware of the location and/or head orientation of one or more viewers through input received from a system or device suitably configured to track such information. Such systems and devices may utilize, for example, different types of sensors (e.g., cameras, motion sensors, microphones or the like) or technology that wirelessly tracks an object (e.g., headset, remote control, or the like) currently being held or worn by a viewer. - In one embodiment, the projector includes two projection assemblies each of which includes an adaptable parallax barrier and the projection screen includes an adaptable light manipulator (e.g., an adaptable parallax barrier or lenticular lens). Communication between the projector and the projection screen facilitates synchronization between the adaptable parallax barriers in the projection assemblies and the adaptable light manipulator at the screen to obtain an optimal or desired viewing configuration.
-
FIG. 9 is a block diagram of anexample projection system 900 in accordance with such an embodiment. As shown inFIG. 9 ,projection system 900 includes aprojector 902 and aprojection screen 904. -
Projector 902 includes afirst projection assembly 912, asecond projection assembly 914 andprojector control circuitry 916.Projector control circuitry 916 controlsfirst projector assembly 912 to produce first projected light for projection ontoprojection screen 904.Projector control circuitry 916 further controlssecond projector assembly 914 to produce second projected light for projection ontoprojection screen 904. The first projected light includes at least first image content that is intended for one eye of a viewer and the second projected light includes at least second image content that is intended for the other eye of the viewer. Depending upon the nature of the first image content and second image content, when such image content is perceived by the viewer it may be perceived as either a two-dimensional image or a three-dimensional image. -
First projection assembly 912 includes a firstlight source 922, afirst image generator 924, a firstadaptable parallax barrier 926 and afirst lens assembly 928. Each of these components may be implemented in a like manner to firstlight source 812,first image generator 814,first parallax barrier 816 andfirst lens assembly 818, respectively, as previously described in reference toFIG. 8 . In accordance with this embodiment, a state of firstadaptable parallax barrier 926 can be modified based on control signals fromprojector control circuitry 916. Such modification of state may include, for example and without limitation, modifying one or more of a distance between firstadaptable parallax barrier 926 andfirst image generator 924, a distance between firstadaptable parallax barrier 926 andfirst lens assembly 928, an orientation of firstadaptable parallax barrier 926 with respect tofirst image generator 924 orfirst lens assembly 928, the dimensions of one or more blocking elements of firstadaptable parallax barrier 926, and the spacing between blocking elements of firstadaptable parallax barrier 926. Such modification of state may also include turning firstadaptable parallax barrier 926 on or off -
Second projection assembly 914 includes a secondlight source 932, asecond image generator 934, a secondadaptable parallax barrier 936 and asecond lens assembly 938. Each of these components may be implemented in a like manner to firstlight source 922,first image generator 924, firstadaptable parallax barrier 926 andfirst lens assembly 928, as previously described. Accordingly, a state of secondadaptable parallax barrier 936 can be modified based on control signals fromprojector control circuitry 916. Such modification of state may include, for example and without limitation, modifying one or more of a distance between firstadaptable parallax barrier 936 andsecond image generator 934, a distance between secondadaptable parallax barrier 936 andsecond lens assembly 938, an orientation of secondadaptable parallax barrier 936 with respect tosecond image generator 934 orsecond lens assembly 938, the dimensions of one or more blocking elements of secondadaptable parallax barrier 936, and the spacing between blocking elements of secondadaptable parallax barrier 936. Such modification of state may also include turning secondadaptable parallax barrier 936 on or off - As further shown in
FIG. 9 ,projector 902 includes acommunication interface 940 that is connected toprojector control circuitry 916.Communication interface 940 comprises a wired or wireless interface that enables signals to be sent to and/or received from acorresponding communication interface 950 withinprojection screen 904. - In addition to
communication interface 950,projection screen 904 also includes areflective panel 956, anadaptable light manipulator 954, and adaptable lightmanipulator control circuitry 952.Reflective panel 956 may comprise a sheet of white, silver or grey fabric, a painted wall, or any other element or structure having a surface that is suitable for diffusively reflecting light projected thereon. Adaptablelight manipulator 954 may comprise, for example, an adaptable parallax barrier or an adaptable lenticular lens. Adaptable lightmanipulator control circuitry 952 is connected toadaptable light manipulator 954 and is operable to modify a state thereof. - In an embodiment in which
adaptable light manipulator 954 comprises an adaptable parallax barrier, modifying the state thereof may comprise, for example and without limitation, modifying one or more of a distance between the adaptable parallax barrier andpanel 956, an orientation of the adaptable parallax barrier with respect topanel 956, the dimensions of one or more blocking elements of the adaptable parallax barrier, and the spacing between blocking elements of the adaptable parallax barrier. Such modification of state may also include turning the adaptable parallax barrier on or off. As noted above, various example implementations of adaptable parallax barriers are further described in aforementioned, incorporated U.S. patent application Ser. No. 12/845,409, filed on Jul. 28, 2010, and entitled “Display with Adaptable Parallax Barrier.” - In an embodiment in which
adaptable light manipulator 954 comprises an adaptable lenticular lens, modifying the state thereof may comprise, for example and without limitation, modifying a degree of stretching of the lenticular lens and/or inserting or removing (e.g., rolling up) the lenticular lens from in front ofpanel 956. Various example implementations of adaptable lenticular lenses are further described in commonly-owned, co-pending U.S. patent application Ser. No. 12/774,307, filed on May 5, 2010, and entitled “Display with Elastic Light Manipulator,” the entirety of which is incorporated by reference herein. -
Projector control circuitry 916 is capable of communicating with adaptable lightmanipulator control circuitry 952 via the communication link formed bycommunication interfaces adaptable parallax barriers projector 902 with the state ofadaptable light manipulator 954 ofprojection screen 904 to obtain a desired viewing configuration. For example, in one embodiment,projector control circuitry 916 receives information from adaptable lightmanipulator control circuitry 952 and modifies the state of firstadaptable parallax barrier 926 andsecond parallax barrier 936 based on such information to achieve a desired viewing configuration. The received information may include, for example, information concerning the state ofadaptable light manipulator 954 or information concerning a desired viewing configuration. As another example, in another embodiment, adaptable lightmanipulator control circuitry 952 receives information fromprojector control circuitry 916 and modifies the state ofadaptable light manipulator 954 based on such information to achieve a desired viewing configuration. The received information may include, for example, information concerning the state of one or both of first and secondadaptable parallax barriers projector control circuitry 916 and/or adaptable lightmanipulator control circuitry 952 based on a variety of factors, including but not limited to input provided by a viewer, information concerning a location and/or head orientation of one or more viewers, information concerning the image content to be displayed, or the like. -
Example projectors FIGS. 8 and 9 , respectively, are shown as having two projection assemblies, each of which includes its own light source. However, in accordance with alternate implementations, the two projection assemblies may share a single light source (in a like manner to that shown inFIG. 5 ). Still other configurations may be used. - Furthermore, all of the embodiments described in this section included two projection assemblies. However, in alternative embodiments, more than two projection assemblies may be used to project image content onto a projection screen (such as
projection screen 104 ofFIG. 1 orprojection screen 704 ofFIG. 7 ) in order to support the viewing of two-dimensional or three-dimensional images. For example, four projection assemblies may be used to project four different perspective views of the same subject matter onto a projection screen, thereby facilitating the simultaneous viewing of multiple three-dimensional images. - Additionally, each of the embodiments described in this section show a single projector that includes two projection assemblies. However, in alternate embodiments, multiple projectors each having one or more projection assemblies may be used to implement a projection system that facilitates two-dimensional and three-dimensional viewing.
-
FIG. 10 depicts aflowchart 1000 of a method used by a projection system to visually present a two-dimensional or three-dimensional image to a viewer in accordance with certain embodiments. The method offlowchart 1000 may be performed, for example, byprojection system 100 as described above in reference toFIG. 1 , byprojection system 700 as described above in reference toFIG. 7 , or byprojection system 900 as described above in reference toFIG. 9 . However, the method is not limited to those embodiments and may be practiced by other systems or components entirely. - As shown in
FIG. 10 , the method offlowchart 1000 begins atstep 1002 during which a first projection assembly at least assists in projecting first light. This step may be performed, for example, byfirst projection assembly 112 ofFIG. 1 which projectsfirst light 132 in a manner previously described. This step may also be performed, for example, byfirst projection assembly 712 ofFIG. 7 which projectsfirst light 732 in a manner previously described. This step may further be performed byfirst projection assembly 912 ofFIG. 9 . Various techniques by which such a first projection assembly may project first light were described above in reference to at least the example projector embodiments ofFIGS. 4 , 5, 6, 8 and 9. - At
step 1004, a second projection assembly at least assists in projecting second light. This step may be performed, for example, bysecond projection assembly 114 ofFIG. 1 which projectssecond light 134 in a manner previously described. This step may also be performed, for example, bysecond projection assembly 714 ofFIG. 7 which projectssecond light 734 in a manner previously described. This step may further be performed bysecond projection assembly 914 ofFIG. 9 . Various techniques by which such a second projection assembly can project second light were described above in reference to at least the example projector embodiments ofFIGS. 4 , 5, 6, 8 and 9. - In one embodiment, steps 1002 and 1004 are performed concurrently, such that the first light and the second light are projected at the same time. To visually present a two-dimensional image, the first light and the second light respectively projected during
steps step 1002 may represent at least a first image and the second light projected duringstep 1004 may represent at least a second image, wherein the first and second images correspond to different perspective views of the same subject matter that, when taken together, comprise a single three-dimensional image. - At
step 1006, a projection screen including a light manipulator causes at least a portion of the first light to be reflected to a right eye of a viewer. This step may be performed, for example, byreflective panel 122 andparallax barrier 124 ofprojection screen 104 which operate in a combined fashion to cause at least a portion offirst light 132 to be reflected to a right eye of a viewer, such asviewer 106. This step may also be performed, for example, byreflective panel 722 andlenticular lens 724 ofprojection screen 704 which operate in a combined fashion to cause at least a portion offirst light 732 to be reflected to a right eye of a viewer, such asviewer 706. This step may further be performed byreflective panel 956 andadaptable light manipulator 954 ofprojection screen 904. Various details concerning the manner by which these elements operate to cause at least a portion of first light to be reflected to one eye of a viewer were previously described. - At
step 1008, the projection screen including the light manipulator causes at least a portion of the second light to be reflected to a left eye of the viewer. This step may be performed, for example, byreflective panel 122 andparallax barrier 124 ofprojection screen 104 which operate in a combined fashion to cause at least a portion of second light 134 to be reflected to a left eye of a viewer, such asviewer 106. This step may also be performed, for example, byreflective panel 722 andlenticular lens 724 ofprojection screen 704 which operate in a combined fashion to cause at least a portion of second light 734 to be reflected to a left eye of a viewer, such asviewer 706. This step may further be performed byreflective panel 956 andadaptable light manipulator 954 ofprojection screen 904. Various details concerning the manner by which these elements operate to cause at least a portion of second light to be reflected to one eye of a viewer were previously described. - The portion of the first light that is reflected to the right eye of the viewer during
step 1006 will be referred to as “first image content” and the portion of the second light that is reflected to the left eye of the viewer duringstep 1008 will be referred to as “second image content.” By controlling the first and second image content, a projection system in accordance with an embodiment (e.g.,projection system 100 ofFIG. 1 ,projection system 700 ofFIG. 7 , orprojection system 900 ofFIG. 9 ) can selectively enable the viewing of either two-dimensional images or three-dimensional images by a viewer. For example, if the first image content comprises a first portion of a view of certain subject matter from a given perspective and the second image content comprises a second portion of the view of the same subject matter from the same perspective, then the first and second image content can be combined in the mind of a viewer to form a two-dimensional image of the subject matter. As another example, if the first image content comprises a view of certain subject matter from a first perspective and the second image content comprises a view of the same subject matter from a second perspective that is different from the first, then the first and second image content can be combined in the mind of a viewer to form a three-dimensional image of the subject matter. - B. Example 2D/3D Projection Systems that use a Combined Projection Screen/Light Manipulator and Projector with One Projection Assembly
-
FIG. 11 is a diagram of anexample projection system 1100 that utilizes a combined projection screen/light manipulator and a projector having a single projection assembly to facilitate the viewing of both two-dimensional and three-dimensional images in accordance with one embodiment. As shown inFIG. 11 ,projection system 1100 includes aprojector 1102, aprojection screen 1104, andglasses 1108 that are worn by a viewer, such asviewer 1106.Projection system 1100 is intended to represent a front-projection system. In accordance with a front-projection system, viewers are located on a same side ofprojection screen 1104 asprojector 1102. -
Projector 1102 includes asingle projection assembly 1112.Projection assembly 1112 is operable to projectfirst light 1132 towardprojection screen 1104 during a first time interval and to project second light 1134 towardprojection screen 1104 during a second time interval that immediately follows the first time interval. As shown inFIG. 11 ,projection assembly 1112 is moveable such that it may automatically be placed in at least a first orientation for projectingfirst light 1132 ontoprojection screen 1104 and in at least a second orientation for projection second light 1134 ontoprojection screen 1104, wherein the first and second orientations are different. This aspect ofprojection assembly 1112 can be used to projectfirst light 1132 and second light 1134 atprojection screen 1104 at different angles so as to achieve a desired viewing effect. - In a two-dimensional viewing mode,
first light 1132 and second light 1134 may each represent the same two-dimensional image, or at least a portion of the same two-dimensional image. In a three-dimensional viewing mode,first light 1132 may represent at least a first image and second light 1134 may represent at least a second image, the first and second images corresponding to different perspective views of the same subject matter that, when taken together, comprise a single three-dimensional image. The manner in whichprojector 1102 operates to generate and projectfirst light 1132 and second light 1134 will be described in more detail below. -
Projection screen 1104 comprises a combination of areflective panel 1122 and a light manipulator 1124. Light manipulator 1124 may comprise, for example, a parallax barrier or a lenticular lens. Depending upon the implementation, light manipulator 1124 may comprise a fixed light manipulator or an adaptable light manipulator. By way of example only,projection screen 1104 may comprise any ofprojection screen 104,projection screen 704, orprojection screen 904 as described above in reference toFIGS. 1 , 7 and 9 respectively. - Light manipulator 1124 and
reflective panel 1122 operate in a combined fashion so thatfirst light 1132, or a particular portion thereof, is substantially directed to a right eye ofviewer 1106 during the first time interval. Light manipulator 1124 andreflective panel 1122 also operate in a combined fashion so that second light 1134, or a particular portion thereof, is substantially directed to only a left eye ofviewer 1106 during the second time interval. The manner by which a light manipulator, such as a parallax barrier or lenticular lens, can be operated in a combined fashion with a reflective panel to selectively deliver image content to a particular eye of a viewer was discussed in the preceding section and thus will not be repeated here for the sake of brevity. -
Glasses 1108 worn byviewer 1106 comprise shutter glasses having aright lens 1152 and aleft lens 1154.Glasses 1108 are synchronized withprojector 1102 such thatright lens 1152 passes light during the first time interval and blocks light during the second time interval and such that leftlens 1154 blocks light during the first time interval and passes light during the second time interval. Consequently, during the first time interval, the right eye ofviewer 1106 will be capable of seeing the portion of first light 1132 directed thereto byprojection screen 1104 while the left eye ofviewer 1106 is blocked. Furthermore, during the second time interval, the left eye ofviewer 1106 will be capable of seeing the portion of second light 1134 directed thereto byprojection screen 1104 while the right eye is blocked. - The first and second time intervals are short enough to allow the mind of
viewer 1106 to merge the image perceived by the right eye during the first time interval with the image perceived by the left eye during the second time interval into a single perceived image. For ease of explanation, the image content of first light 1132 that is directed to the right eye ofviewer 1106 during the first time interval will be referred to as “first image content” and the image content of second light 1134 that is directed to the left eye ofviewer 1106 during the second time interval will be referred to as “second image content.” By controlling the first and second image content,system 1100 can selectively enable the viewing of either two-dimensional images or three-dimensional images byviewer 1106. For example, if the first image content comprises a first portion of a view of certain subject matter from a given perspective and the second image content comprises a second portion of the view of the same subject matter from the same perspective, then the first and second image content can be combined in the mind ofviewer 1106 to form a two-dimensional image of the subject matter. As another example, if the first image content comprises a view of certain subject matter from a first perspective and the second image content comprises a view of the same subject matter from a second perspective that is different from the first, then the first and second image content can be combined in the mind ofviewer 1106 to form a three-dimensional image of the subject matter. - One aspect of controlling the first image content and the second image content that reaches the eyes of a viewer during the first and second time intervals involves controlling how light generated by a light source within
projector 1102 is filtered to generatefirst light 1132 and second light 1134. Various techniques for performing such filtering will be described below in reference to particular implementations ofprojector 1102. - Another aspect of controlling the first image content and the second image content that reaches the eyes of a viewer during the first and second time intervals involves taking into account and/or modifying the arrangement of
panel 1122 and light manipulator 1124. In certain embodiments, the state of light manipulator 1124 and its arrangement with respect topanel 1122 is fixed. In alternate embodiments, the state of light manipulator 1124 and/or its arrangement with respect topanel 1122 can be modified. Such modification may be achieved in a like manner toexample projection screen 904 as described above in reference toFIG. 9 . - A further aspect of controlling the first image content and the second image content that reaches the eyes of a viewer during the first and second time intervals involves controlling the distance between
projection assembly 1112 andprojection screen 1104, as well as the angles at which light is projected byprojection assembly 1112 towardprojection screen 1104. One manner of implementing such control is to mount orplace projector 1102 in a suitable location relative toprojection screen 1104. Another manner of implementing such control involves permitting a user to adjust certain aspects of projection assembly 1112 (e.g., horizontal, vertical or diagonal shifting ofprojection assembly 1112, pan and tilt modifications to the orientation ofprojection assembly 1112, and modification of a zoom level of a lens assembly associated with projection assembly 1112) in embodiments that support such features. -
FIG. 12 is a block diagram of aprojector 1200 that utilizes a single projection assembly to facilitate the viewing of both two-dimensional and three-dimensional images in accordance with an embodiment.Projector 1200 comprises one example implementation ofprojector 1102 ofFIG. 11 .Projector 1200 may be used in an embodiment in whichlight manipulator 1144 ofprojection screen 1104 comprises a parallax barrier. As shown inFIG. 12 ,projector 1200 includes aprojection assembly 1202 andprojector control circuitry 1204 connected thereto. -
Projector control circuitry 1204controls projector assembly 1202 to produce first projected light 1132 for projection ontoprojection screen 1104 during a first time interval.Projector control circuitry 1204 furthercontrols projector assembly 1202 to produce second projected light 1134 for projection ontoprojection screen 1104 during a second time interval that immediately follows the first time interval. As discussed above, first projected light 1132 includes at least first image content that is intended for one eye of a viewer and second projected light 1134 includes at least second image content that is intended for the other eye of the viewer. Depending upon the nature of the first image content and second image content, when such image content is perceived by a viewer wearing shuttering glasses, such asviewer 1106 wearingglasses 1108, it may be perceived as either a two-dimensional image or a three-dimensional image. - As further shown in
FIG. 12 ,projection assembly 1202 includes alight source 1212, animage generator 1214 and alens assembly 1216.Light source 1212 operates to produce light. Depending upon the implementation,light source 1212 may comprise, for example and without limitation, one or more lamps, an array of LEDs, an array of laser diodes, or a hybrid light source based on both LED and laser diodes. Still other types of light sources may be used. -
Image generator 1214 receives the light generated bylight source 1212 and filters such light to impose first image content thereon during the first time interval and to impose second image content thereon during the second time interval, thereby producing filtered light. Various types of technology may be utilized to implementimage generator 1214 including but not limited to LCD projection technology, DLP projection technology, or LCoS projection technology. Still other types of technology may be used to implementimage generator 1214. -
Lens assembly 1216 receives the filtered light generated byimage generator 1214 and operates to spread such light outward, thereby generating first projected light 1132 during the first time interval and second projected light 1134 during the second time interval. Depending upon the implementation,lens assembly 1216 may comprise one or more lenses, and may be implemented as a fixed lens, zoom lens, wide angle lens, or the like. -
Projector control circuitry 1204 operates to control the first image content that is imposed on the light produced bylight source 1212 during the first time interval and the second image content that is imposed on the light produced bylight source 1212 during the second time interval. Such image content may be received or derived from an image content source that is connected toprojector 1200. - By way of example,
projector control circuitry 1204 may cause the same two-dimensional image to be imposed on the light produced bylight source 1212 during the first time interval as is imposed on the light produced bylight source 1212 during the second time interval. Consequently, first projected light 1132 and second projected light 1134 will comprise a projection of the same two-dimensional image and the viewer will perceive a two-dimensional image formed from reflected portions of first projected light 1132 and second projected light 1134. Alternatively,projector control circuitry 1204 may cause a first image that provides a view of certain subject matter from one perspective to be imposed on the light produced bylight source 1212 during the first time interval and a second image that provides a view of the same subject matter from a different perspective to be imposed on the light produced bylight source 1212 during the second time interval. In this case, first projected light 1132 will comprise a projection of the first image, second projected light 1134 will comprise a projection of the second image, and the viewer will perceive a three-dimensional image formed from reflected portions of first projected light 1132 and second projected light 1134. -
FIG. 13 is a block diagram of aprojector 1300 that utilizes a single projection assembly to facilitate the viewing of both two-dimensional and three-dimensional images in accordance with an alternate embodiment.Projector 1300 comprises another example implementation ofprojector 1102 ofFIG. 11 .Projector 1300 may be used in an embodiment in whichlight manipulator 1144 ofprojection screen 1104 comprises either a lenticular lens or a parallax barrier. As shown inFIG. 13 ,projector 1300 includes aprojection assembly 1302 andprojector control circuitry 1304 connected thereto. -
Projector control circuitry 1304controls projector assembly 1302 to produce first projected light 1132 for projection ontoprojection screen 1104 during a first time interval.Projector control circuitry 1304 furthercontrols projector assembly 1302 to produce second projected light 1134 for projection ontoprojection screen 1104 during a second time interval that immediately follows the first time interval. As discussed above, first projected light 1132 includes at least first image content that is intended for one eye of a viewer and second projected light 1134 includes at least second image content that is intended for the other eye of the viewer. Depending upon the nature of the first image content and second image content, when such image content is perceived by a viewer wearing shuttering glasses, such asviewer 1106 wearingglasses 1108, it may be perceived as either a two-dimensional image or a three-dimensional image. - As further shown in
FIG. 13 ,projection assembly 1302 includes alight source 1312, animage generator 1314, anadaptable parallax barrier 1316, and alens assembly 1318.Light source 1312 operates to produce light and may be implemented in a like manner tolight source 1212 as described above in reference toFIG. 12 . -
Image generator 1314 receives light 1332 generated bylight source 1312 and filters such light to impose first image content thereon during the first time interval and to impose second image content thereon during the second time interval, thereby producing filtered light 1334.Image generator 1314 may be implemented in a like manner to imagegenerator 1214 as described above in reference toFIG. 12 . -
Adaptable parallax barrier 1316 receives filtered light 1334 generated byimage generator 1314 and manipulates such light to produce manipulated light 1336.Adaptable parallax barrier 1316 is placed in a first state byprojector control circuitry 1304 during the first time interval to pass only first portions of filtered light 1334 tolens assembly 1318 and is placed in a second state byprojector control circuitry 1304 during the second time interval to pass only second portions of filtered light 1334 tolens assembly 1318. -
Lens assembly 1318 receives manipulated light 1336 produced byadaptable parallax barrier 1316 and operates to spread such light outward, thereby generating first projected light 1132 during the first time interval and second projected light 1134 during the second time interval.Lens assembly 1318 may be implemented in a like manner tolens assembly 1216 as described above in reference toFIG. 12 . -
Projector control circuitry 1304 operates to control the first image content that is imposed on light 1332 produced bylight source 1312 during the first time interval and the second image content that is imposed on light 1332 produced bylight source 1312 during the second time interval. Such image content may be received or derived from an image content source that is connected toprojector 1300. By way of example, projector control circuitry 1306 may cause the same two-dimensional image to be imposed on light 1332 produced bylight source 1312 during the first time interval as is imposed on light 1332 produced bylight source 1312 during the second time interval. Consequently, filtered light 1334 will carry the same two-dimensional image during the first time interval and the second time interval. Adaptable parallax barrier 1336 operates to pass only a first portion of this two-dimensional image during the first time interval and to pass only a second portion of this two-dimensional image during the second time interval. Due to the interaction of first projected light 1132 with a light manipulator and reflective panel of a projection screen (e.g., projection screen 1104), the first portion of the two-dimensional image will be directed to one eye of a viewer during the first time interval. Due to interaction of second projected light 1134 with the light manipulator and reflective panel of the projection screen, the second portion of the two-dimensional image will be directed to the other eye of the viewer during the second time interval. These portions will be combined in the mind of a viewer as a two-dimensional image. - Alternatively,
projector control circuitry 1304 may cause a first image that provides a view of certain subject matter from one perspective to be imposed on light 1332 produced bylight source 1312 during the first time interval and a second image that provides a view of the same subject matter from a different perspective to be imposed on light 1332 produced bylight source 1312 during the second time interval. In this case, filtered light 1334 will carry the first image during the first time interval and the second image during the second time interval.Adaptable parallax barrier 1316 operates to pass only a portion of the first image during the first time interval and to pass only a portion of the second image during the second time interval. Due to the interaction of first projected light 1132 with a light manipulator and reflective panel of a projection screen (e.g., projection screen 1104), the portion of the first image will be directed to one eye of a viewer. Due to interaction of second projected light 1134 with the light manipulator and reflective panel of the projection screen, the portion of the second image will be directed to the other eye of the viewer. These portions will be combined in the mind of a viewer as a three-dimensional image. -
FIG. 14 depicts aflowchart 1400 of an alternate method used by a projection system to visually present a two-dimensional or three-dimensional image to a viewer in accordance with certain embodiments. The method offlowchart 1400 may be performed, for example, byprojection system 100 as described above in reference toFIG. 1 , byprojection system 700 as described above in reference toFIG. 7 , byprojection system 900 as described above in reference toFIG. 9 or byprojection system 1100 as described above in reference toFIG. 11 . However, the method is not limited to those embodiments and may be practiced by other systems or components entirely. - As shown in
FIG. 14 , the method offlowchart 1400 begins atstep 1402 during which first light is projected toward a first projection screen in accordance with a first orientation. This step may be performed, for example, byfirst projection assembly 112 ofFIG. 1 which may projectfirst light 132 ontoprojection screen 104 in accordance with a first orientation. This step may also be performed, for example, byfirst projection assembly 712 ofFIG. 7 orfirst projection assembly 912 ofFIG. 9 . Additionally, this step may be performed byprojection assembly 1112 ofFIG. 11 which may projectfirst light 1132 ontoprojection screen 1104 in accordance with a first orientation. - At
step 1404, second light is projected toward the projection screen in accordance with a second orientation. This step may be performed, for example, byfirst projection assembly 112 ofFIG. 1 which may projectsecond light 134 ontoprojection screen 104 in accordance with a second orientation. This step may also be performed, for example, bysecond projection assembly 714 ofFIG. 7 orsecond projection assembly 914 ofFIG. 9 . Additionally, this step may be performed byprojection assembly 1112 ofFIG. 11 which may project second light 1134 ontoprojection screen 1104 in accordance with a second orientation. - In certain embodiments involving projectors having multiple projection assemblies, steps 1402 and 1404 are performed concurrently, such that the first light and the second light are projected at the same time. In certain alternate embodiments involving projectors having only a single projection assembly, steps 1402 and 1404 are performed during different but consecutive time intervals. To visually present a two-dimensional image, the first light and the second light respectively projected during
steps step 1402 may represent at least a first image and the second light projected duringstep 1404 may represent at least a second image, wherein the first and second images correspond to different perspective views of the same subject matter that, when taken together, comprise a single three-dimensional image. - At
step 1406, a projection screen including a light manipulator causes at least a portion of the first light to be reflected to a right eye of a viewer. This step may be performed, for example, byreflective panel 122 andparallax barrier 124 ofprojection screen 104 which operate in a combined fashion to cause at least a portion offirst light 132 to be reflected to a right eye of a viewer, such asviewer 106. This step may also be performed, for example, byreflective panel 722 andlenticular lens 724 ofprojection screen 704 and byreflective panel 956 andadaptable light manipulator 954 ofprojection screen 904. This step may further be performed, for example, byreflective panel 1122 and parallax barrier 1124 ofprojection screen 1104 which operate in a combined fashion to cause at least a portion of first light 1132 to be reflected to a right eye of a viewer, such asviewer 1106. Various details concerning the manner by which these elements operate to cause at least a portion of first light to be reflected to one eye of a viewer were previously described. - At
step 1408, the projection screen including the light manipulator causes at least a portion of the second light to be reflected to a left eye of the viewer. This step may be performed, for example, byreflective panel 122 andparallax barrier 124 ofprojection screen 104 which operate in a combined fashion to cause at least a portion of second light 134 to be reflected to a left eye of a viewer, such asviewer 106. This step may also be performed, for example, byreflective panel 722 andlenticular lens 724 ofprojection screen 704 and byreflective panel 956 andadaptable light manipulator 954 ofprojection screen 904. This step may further be performed, for example, byreflective panel 1122 and parallax barrier 1124 ofprojection screen 1104 which operate in a combined fashion to cause at least a portion of second light 1134 to be reflected to a left eye of a viewer, such asviewer 1106. Various details concerning the manner by which these elements operate to cause at least a portion of second light to be reflected to one eye of a viewer were previously described. - The portion of the first light that is reflected to the right eye of the viewer during
step 1406 will be referred to as “first image content” and the portion of the second light that is reflected to the left eye of the viewer duringstep 1408 will be referred to as “second image content.” By controlling the first and second image content, a projection system in accordance with an embodiment (e.g.,projection system 100 ofFIG. 1 ,projection system 700 ofFIG. 7 ,projection system 900 ofFIG. 9 , orprojection system 1100 ofFIG. 11 ) can selectively enable the viewing of either two-dimensional images or three-dimensional images by a viewer. For example, if the first image content comprises a first portion of a view of certain subject matter from a given perspective and the second image content comprises a second portion of the view of the same subject matter from the same perspective, then the first and second image content can be combined in the mind of a viewer to form a two-dimensional image of the subject matter. As another example, if the first image content comprises a view of certain subject matter from a first perspective and the second image content comprises a view of the same subject matter from a second perspective that is different from the first, then the first and second image content can be combined in the mind of a viewer to form a three-dimensional image of the subject matter. - C. Example 2D/3D Rear-Projection Systems
- The projection systems described above are all forward-projection systems. However, it is conceivable that the same projection systems could be implemented as rear-projection systems by placing the projector behind the projection screen and substituting the reflective panel of the projection screen with a panel that transmits and preferably diffuses light. Any of the projectors described above could then be used to selectively deliver first and second image content to the projection screen and a light manipulator integrated therewith could deliver the first image content to the right eye of a viewer and deliver the second image content to the left eye of a viewer.
- However, in a rear-projection system in which the light manipulator is on the same side of the projection panel as the viewer, the light projected on the panel will not interact with the light manipulator before reaching the panel. This allows for a simpler design. For example,
FIG. 15 is a diagram of an example rear-projection system 1500 that utilizes such a simplified design. As shown inFIG. 15 , rear-projection system 1500 includes aprojector 1502 having asingle projection assembly 1512 and aprojection screen 1504 comprising atransmissive panel 1522 and aparallax barrier 1524. -
First projection assembly 1512 is operable to project light 1532 containing first image content and second image content towardprojection screen 1504. In a two-dimensional viewing mode, the first image content and the second image content may each represent the same two-dimensional image, or at least a portion of the same two-dimensional image. In a three-dimensional viewing mode, the first image content may represent at least a first image and second image content may represent at least a second image, the first and second images corresponding to different perspective views of the same subject matter that, when taken together, comprise a single three-dimensional image. - The first image content is projected onto first portions of
panel 1522.Panel 1522 is transmissive and thus passes (and optionally diffuses) such content.Parallax barrier 1524 is arranged so that light passed by these first portions is substantially directed to only one eye of aviewer 1506. For example, light passed by the first portions may be substantially directed to a right eye ofviewer 1506, but not to a left eye ofviewer 1506. The second image content is projected onto second portions ofpanel 1522.Parallax barrier 1524 is arranged so that light passed by these second portions is substantially directed to only the other eye ofviewer 1506. For example, light passed by the second portions may be substantially directed to a left eye ofviewer 1506, but not to the right eye ofviewer 1506. - By controlling the first and second image content,
system 1500 can selectively enable the viewing of either two-dimensional images or three-dimensional images byviewer 1506. For example, if the first image content comprises a first portion of a view of certain subject matter from a given perspective and the second image content comprises a second portion of the view of the same subject matter from the same perspective, then the first and second image content can be combined in the mind ofviewer 1506 to form a two-dimensional image of the subject matter. As another example, if the first image content comprises a view of certain subject matter from a first perspective and the second image content comprises a view of the same subject matter from a second perspective that is different from the first, then the first and second image content can be combined in the mind of viewer 1806 to form a three-dimensional image of the subject matter. - Although
projection screen 1504 ofsystem 1500 includesparallax barrier 1524 for performing light manipulation, persons skilled in the relevant art(s) will readily appreciate that other types of light manipulators, such as a lenticular lens, may be used to perform the light manipulation function. Furthermore, the light manipulator portion ofscreen 1504 may be fixed or adaptive depending upon the implementation. - While various embodiments of the present invention have been described above, it should be understood that they have been presented by way of example only, and not limitation. It will be apparent to persons skilled in the relevant art that various changes in form and detail can be made therein without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention. Thus, the breadth and scope of the present invention should not be limited by any of the above-described exemplary embodiments, but should be defined only in accordance with the following claims and their equivalents.
Claims (25)
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US12/982,047 US20110157330A1 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2010-12-30 | 2d/3d projection system |
Applications Claiming Priority (3)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US29181809P | 2009-12-31 | 2009-12-31 | |
US30311910P | 2010-02-10 | 2010-02-10 | |
US12/982,047 US20110157330A1 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2010-12-30 | 2d/3d projection system |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20110157330A1 true US20110157330A1 (en) | 2011-06-30 |
Family
ID=43797724
Family Applications (27)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US12/774,225 Abandoned US20110157322A1 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2010-05-05 | Controlling a pixel array to support an adaptable light manipulator |
US12/774,307 Active 2032-01-14 US8964013B2 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2010-05-05 | Display with elastic light manipulator |
US12/845,440 Abandoned US20110157697A1 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2010-07-28 | Adaptable parallax barrier supporting mixed 2d and stereoscopic 3d display regions |
US12/845,409 Abandoned US20110157696A1 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2010-07-28 | Display with adaptable parallax barrier |
US12/845,461 Active 2031-10-30 US8767050B2 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2010-07-28 | Display supporting multiple simultaneous 3D views |
US12/982,309 Active 2033-05-02 US9204138B2 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2010-12-30 | User controlled regional display of mixed two and three dimensional content |
US12/982,088 Active 2032-01-06 US9066092B2 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2010-12-30 | Communication infrastructure including simultaneous video pathways for multi-viewer support |
US12/982,053 Abandoned US20110157309A1 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2010-12-30 | Hierarchical video compression supporting selective delivery of two-dimensional and three-dimensional video content |
US12/982,248 Abandoned US20110157315A1 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2010-12-30 | Interpolation of three-dimensional video content |
US12/982,140 Abandoned US20110161843A1 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2010-12-30 | Internet browser and associated content definition supporting mixed two and three dimensional displays |
US12/982,199 Active 2032-09-27 US8988506B2 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2010-12-30 | Transcoder supporting selective delivery of 2D, stereoscopic 3D, and multi-view 3D content from source video |
US12/982,124 Active 2033-02-08 US9124885B2 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2010-12-30 | Operating system supporting mixed 2D, stereoscopic 3D and multi-view 3D displays |
US12/982,047 Abandoned US20110157330A1 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2010-12-30 | 2d/3d projection system |
US12/982,377 Abandoned US20110157327A1 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2010-12-30 | 3d audio delivery accompanying 3d display supported by viewer/listener position and orientation tracking |
US12/982,330 Abandoned US20110157326A1 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2010-12-30 | Multi-path and multi-source 3d content storage, retrieval, and delivery |
US12/982,020 Abandoned US20110157257A1 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2010-12-30 | Backlighting array supporting adaptable parallax barrier |
US12/982,069 Active 2033-05-07 US8922545B2 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2010-12-30 | Three-dimensional display system with adaptation based on viewing reference of viewer(s) |
US12/982,156 Active 2035-11-09 US9654767B2 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2010-12-30 | Programming architecture supporting mixed two and three dimensional displays |
US12/982,212 Active 2032-04-05 US9013546B2 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2010-12-30 | Adaptable media stream servicing two and three dimensional content |
US12/982,273 Active 2032-08-13 US9979954B2 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2010-12-30 | Eyewear with time shared viewing supporting delivery of differing content to multiple viewers |
US12/982,173 Active 2033-08-22 US9143770B2 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2010-12-30 | Application programming interface supporting mixed two and three dimensional displays |
US12/982,062 Active 2032-06-13 US8687042B2 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2010-12-30 | Set-top box circuitry supporting 2D and 3D content reductions to accommodate viewing environment constraints |
US12/982,031 Active 2032-12-14 US9019263B2 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2010-12-30 | Coordinated driving of adaptable light manipulator, backlighting and pixel array in support of adaptable 2D and 3D displays |
US12/982,362 Active 2031-02-05 US9049440B2 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2010-12-30 | Independent viewer tailoring of same media source content via a common 2D-3D display |
US14/504,095 Abandoned US20150015668A1 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2014-10-01 | Three-dimensional display system with adaptation based on viewing reference of viewer(s) |
US14/616,130 Abandoned US20150156473A1 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2015-02-06 | Transcoder supporting selective delivery of 2d, stereoscopic 3d, and multi-view 3d content from source video |
US14/723,922 Abandoned US20150264341A1 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2015-05-28 | Communication infrastructure including simultaneous video pathways for multi-viewer support |
Family Applications Before (12)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US12/774,225 Abandoned US20110157322A1 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2010-05-05 | Controlling a pixel array to support an adaptable light manipulator |
US12/774,307 Active 2032-01-14 US8964013B2 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2010-05-05 | Display with elastic light manipulator |
US12/845,440 Abandoned US20110157697A1 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2010-07-28 | Adaptable parallax barrier supporting mixed 2d and stereoscopic 3d display regions |
US12/845,409 Abandoned US20110157696A1 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2010-07-28 | Display with adaptable parallax barrier |
US12/845,461 Active 2031-10-30 US8767050B2 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2010-07-28 | Display supporting multiple simultaneous 3D views |
US12/982,309 Active 2033-05-02 US9204138B2 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2010-12-30 | User controlled regional display of mixed two and three dimensional content |
US12/982,088 Active 2032-01-06 US9066092B2 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2010-12-30 | Communication infrastructure including simultaneous video pathways for multi-viewer support |
US12/982,053 Abandoned US20110157309A1 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2010-12-30 | Hierarchical video compression supporting selective delivery of two-dimensional and three-dimensional video content |
US12/982,248 Abandoned US20110157315A1 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2010-12-30 | Interpolation of three-dimensional video content |
US12/982,140 Abandoned US20110161843A1 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2010-12-30 | Internet browser and associated content definition supporting mixed two and three dimensional displays |
US12/982,199 Active 2032-09-27 US8988506B2 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2010-12-30 | Transcoder supporting selective delivery of 2D, stereoscopic 3D, and multi-view 3D content from source video |
US12/982,124 Active 2033-02-08 US9124885B2 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2010-12-30 | Operating system supporting mixed 2D, stereoscopic 3D and multi-view 3D displays |
Family Applications After (14)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US12/982,377 Abandoned US20110157327A1 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2010-12-30 | 3d audio delivery accompanying 3d display supported by viewer/listener position and orientation tracking |
US12/982,330 Abandoned US20110157326A1 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2010-12-30 | Multi-path and multi-source 3d content storage, retrieval, and delivery |
US12/982,020 Abandoned US20110157257A1 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2010-12-30 | Backlighting array supporting adaptable parallax barrier |
US12/982,069 Active 2033-05-07 US8922545B2 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2010-12-30 | Three-dimensional display system with adaptation based on viewing reference of viewer(s) |
US12/982,156 Active 2035-11-09 US9654767B2 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2010-12-30 | Programming architecture supporting mixed two and three dimensional displays |
US12/982,212 Active 2032-04-05 US9013546B2 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2010-12-30 | Adaptable media stream servicing two and three dimensional content |
US12/982,273 Active 2032-08-13 US9979954B2 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2010-12-30 | Eyewear with time shared viewing supporting delivery of differing content to multiple viewers |
US12/982,173 Active 2033-08-22 US9143770B2 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2010-12-30 | Application programming interface supporting mixed two and three dimensional displays |
US12/982,062 Active 2032-06-13 US8687042B2 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2010-12-30 | Set-top box circuitry supporting 2D and 3D content reductions to accommodate viewing environment constraints |
US12/982,031 Active 2032-12-14 US9019263B2 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2010-12-30 | Coordinated driving of adaptable light manipulator, backlighting and pixel array in support of adaptable 2D and 3D displays |
US12/982,362 Active 2031-02-05 US9049440B2 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2010-12-30 | Independent viewer tailoring of same media source content via a common 2D-3D display |
US14/504,095 Abandoned US20150015668A1 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2014-10-01 | Three-dimensional display system with adaptation based on viewing reference of viewer(s) |
US14/616,130 Abandoned US20150156473A1 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2015-02-06 | Transcoder supporting selective delivery of 2d, stereoscopic 3d, and multi-view 3d content from source video |
US14/723,922 Abandoned US20150264341A1 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2015-05-28 | Communication infrastructure including simultaneous video pathways for multi-viewer support |
Country Status (5)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (27) | US20110157322A1 (en) |
EP (4) | EP2357508A1 (en) |
CN (3) | CN102183840A (en) |
HK (1) | HK1161754A1 (en) |
TW (3) | TW201142356A (en) |
Cited By (13)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20110157555A1 (en) * | 2009-12-28 | 2011-06-30 | Sanyo Electric Co., Ltd. | Stereoscopic-image display device |
US20110164188A1 (en) * | 2009-12-31 | 2011-07-07 | Broadcom Corporation | Remote control with integrated position, viewer identification and optical and audio test |
US20110164115A1 (en) * | 2009-12-31 | 2011-07-07 | Broadcom Corporation | Transcoder supporting selective delivery of 2d, stereoscopic 3d, and multi-view 3d content from source video |
US20120182334A1 (en) * | 2011-01-18 | 2012-07-19 | Disney Enterprises, Inc. | Multi-layer plenoptic displays that combine multiple emissive and light modulating planes |
US20130242062A1 (en) * | 2012-03-16 | 2013-09-19 | City University Of Hong Kong | Automatic switching of a multi-mode projector display screen for displaying three-dimensional and two-dimensional images |
US8570651B1 (en) * | 2012-06-04 | 2013-10-29 | Hae-Yong Choi | Both side screen for combined use of 2D/3D images |
US20140268324A1 (en) * | 2013-03-18 | 2014-09-18 | 3-D Virtual Lens Technologies, Llc | Method of displaying 3d images from 2d source images using a barrier grid |
US8854531B2 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2014-10-07 | Broadcom Corporation | Multiple remote controllers that each simultaneously controls a different visual presentation of a 2D/3D display |
US9182605B2 (en) * | 2014-01-29 | 2015-11-10 | Emine Goulanian | Front-projection autostereoscopic 3D display system |
US9247286B2 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2016-01-26 | Broadcom Corporation | Frame formatting supporting mixed two and three dimensional video data communication |
US20180213210A1 (en) * | 2016-06-28 | 2018-07-26 | Boe Technology Group Co., Ltd. | 3d head-up display system and method |
CN109598254A (en) * | 2018-12-17 | 2019-04-09 | 海南大学 | The space representation combined optimization method of Group-oriented |
US10802324B2 (en) | 2017-03-14 | 2020-10-13 | Boe Technology Group Co., Ltd. | Double vision display method and device |
Families Citing this family (502)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US8416217B1 (en) * | 2002-11-04 | 2013-04-09 | Neonode Inc. | Light-based finger gesture user interface |
US9015736B2 (en) * | 2005-12-29 | 2015-04-21 | Rovi Guides, Inc. | Systems and methods for episode tracking in an interactive media environment |
US8121361B2 (en) | 2006-05-19 | 2012-02-21 | The Queen's Medical Center | Motion tracking system for real time adaptive imaging and spectroscopy |
FR2906899B1 (en) * | 2006-10-05 | 2009-01-16 | Essilor Int | DISPLAY DEVICE FOR STEREOSCOPIC VISUALIZATION. |
JP2008106185A (en) * | 2006-10-27 | 2008-05-08 | Shin Etsu Chem Co Ltd | Method for adhering thermally conductive silicone composition, primer for adhesion of thermally conductive silicone composition and method for production of adhesion composite of thermally conductive silicone composition |
US8570423B2 (en) * | 2009-01-28 | 2013-10-29 | Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. | Systems for performing visual collaboration between remotely situated participants |
US8775023B2 (en) | 2009-02-15 | 2014-07-08 | Neanode Inc. | Light-based touch controls on a steering wheel and dashboard |
EP2256620A1 (en) * | 2009-05-29 | 2010-12-01 | Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. | Picture selection method for modular lighting system |
US8125418B2 (en) * | 2009-06-26 | 2012-02-28 | Global Oled Technology Llc | Passive-matrix chiplet drivers for displays |
US9407908B2 (en) * | 2009-08-20 | 2016-08-02 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Image display apparatus and method for operating the same |
JP5187639B2 (en) * | 2009-08-28 | 2013-04-24 | 独立行政法人情報通信研究機構 | 3D display |
US20110080472A1 (en) * | 2009-10-02 | 2011-04-07 | Eric Gagneraud | Autostereoscopic status display |
CA2776909A1 (en) * | 2009-10-07 | 2011-04-14 | Telewatch Inc. | Video analytics method and system |
CN102474632A (en) * | 2009-12-08 | 2012-05-23 | 美国博通公司 | Method and system for handling multiple 3-d video formats |
US20110143769A1 (en) * | 2009-12-16 | 2011-06-16 | Microsoft Corporation | Dual display mobile communication device |
CA2889724C (en) | 2009-12-21 | 2021-06-08 | Kik Interactive Inc. | Systems and methods for accessing and controlling media stored remotely |
US20110187839A1 (en) * | 2010-02-01 | 2011-08-04 | VIZIO Inc. | Frame based three-dimensional encoding method |
US20110191328A1 (en) * | 2010-02-03 | 2011-08-04 | Vernon Todd H | System and method for extracting representative media content from an online document |
US20110202845A1 (en) * | 2010-02-17 | 2011-08-18 | Anthony Jon Mountjoy | System and method for generating and distributing three dimensional interactive content |
JP2011199853A (en) * | 2010-02-23 | 2011-10-06 | Panasonic Corp | Three-dimensional image reproducing apparatus |
DE102010009737A1 (en) * | 2010-03-01 | 2011-09-01 | Institut für Rundfunktechnik GmbH | Method and arrangement for reproducing 3D image content |
JP5462672B2 (en) * | 2010-03-16 | 2014-04-02 | 株式会社ジャパンディスプレイ | Display device and electronic device |
US8634873B2 (en) * | 2010-03-17 | 2014-01-21 | Microsoft Corporation | Mobile communication device having multiple, interchangeable second devices |
KR101289269B1 (en) * | 2010-03-23 | 2013-07-24 | 한국전자통신연구원 | An apparatus and method for displaying image data in image system |
KR20110109565A (en) * | 2010-03-31 | 2011-10-06 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Backlight unit, 3d display having the same and method of making 3d image |
US10448083B2 (en) * | 2010-04-06 | 2019-10-15 | Comcast Cable Communications, Llc | Streaming and rendering of 3-dimensional video |
KR20110115806A (en) * | 2010-04-16 | 2011-10-24 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Display apparatus and 3d glasses, and display system including the same |
WO2011132422A1 (en) * | 2010-04-21 | 2011-10-27 | パナソニック株式会社 | Three-dimensional video display device and three-dimensional video display method |
US8667533B2 (en) * | 2010-04-22 | 2014-03-04 | Microsoft Corporation | Customizing streaming content presentation |
US9271052B2 (en) * | 2010-05-10 | 2016-02-23 | Comcast Cable Communications, Llc | Grid encoded media asset data |
US9030536B2 (en) | 2010-06-04 | 2015-05-12 | At&T Intellectual Property I, Lp | Apparatus and method for presenting media content |
JP5510097B2 (en) * | 2010-06-16 | 2014-06-04 | ソニー株式会社 | Signal transmission method, signal transmission device, and signal reception device |
US9225975B2 (en) | 2010-06-21 | 2015-12-29 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Optimization of a multi-view display |
US10089937B2 (en) * | 2010-06-21 | 2018-10-02 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Spatial and temporal multiplexing display |
KR20110139497A (en) * | 2010-06-23 | 2011-12-29 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Display apparatus and method for displaying thereof |
JP2012013980A (en) * | 2010-07-01 | 2012-01-19 | Sony Corp | Stereoscopic display device and display drive circuit |
US9049426B2 (en) * | 2010-07-07 | 2015-06-02 | At&T Intellectual Property I, Lp | Apparatus and method for distributing three dimensional media content |
US8670070B2 (en) * | 2010-07-15 | 2014-03-11 | Broadcom Corporation | Method and system for achieving better picture quality in various zoom modes |
US9032470B2 (en) | 2010-07-20 | 2015-05-12 | At&T Intellectual Property I, Lp | Apparatus for adapting a presentation of media content according to a position of a viewing apparatus |
US9232274B2 (en) | 2010-07-20 | 2016-01-05 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Apparatus for adapting a presentation of media content to a requesting device |
JP2012034138A (en) * | 2010-07-29 | 2012-02-16 | Toshiba Corp | Signal processing apparatus and signal processing method |
KR20120020627A (en) * | 2010-08-30 | 2012-03-08 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Apparatus and method for image processing using 3d image format |
TW201227684A (en) * | 2010-09-01 | 2012-07-01 | Seereal Technologies Sa | Backplane device |
US20120057007A1 (en) * | 2010-09-03 | 2012-03-08 | Satoshi Ishiguro | Simplified Visual Screening Check on Television |
JP5058316B2 (en) * | 2010-09-03 | 2012-10-24 | 株式会社東芝 | Electronic device, image processing method, and image processing program |
JP5364666B2 (en) * | 2010-09-13 | 2013-12-11 | 株式会社東芝 | Stereoscopic image display apparatus, method and program |
JP5368399B2 (en) * | 2010-09-17 | 2013-12-18 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Electronic album generating apparatus, stereoscopic image pasting apparatus, operation control method thereof, and program thereof |
EP2432218B1 (en) * | 2010-09-20 | 2016-04-20 | EchoStar Technologies L.L.C. | Methods of displaying an electronic program guide |
US9309556B2 (en) | 2010-09-24 | 2016-04-12 | The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University | Direct capture, amplification and sequencing of target DNA using immobilized primers |
EP2629135B1 (en) * | 2010-10-13 | 2015-03-18 | Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha | Display device |
KR20120046937A (en) * | 2010-11-03 | 2012-05-11 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Method and apparatus for providing 3d effect in video device |
US8922658B2 (en) * | 2010-11-05 | 2014-12-30 | Tom Galvin | Network video recorder system |
US9860490B2 (en) | 2010-11-05 | 2018-01-02 | Tom Galvin | Network video recorder system |
US10157526B2 (en) | 2010-11-05 | 2018-12-18 | Razberi Technologies, Inc. | System and method for a security system |
KR101670927B1 (en) * | 2010-11-05 | 2016-11-01 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Display apparatus and method |
US11082665B2 (en) | 2010-11-05 | 2021-08-03 | Razberi Secure Technologies, Llc | System and method for a security system |
US10477158B2 (en) | 2010-11-05 | 2019-11-12 | Razberi Technologies, Inc. | System and method for a security system |
US9218115B2 (en) | 2010-12-02 | 2015-12-22 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Input device and image display apparatus including the same |
US9172943B2 (en) * | 2010-12-07 | 2015-10-27 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Dynamic modification of video content at a set-top box device |
KR20120065774A (en) * | 2010-12-13 | 2012-06-21 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Audio providing apparatus, audio receiver and method for providing audio |
KR101734285B1 (en) * | 2010-12-14 | 2017-05-11 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Video processing apparatus of mobile terminal and method thereof |
US8963694B2 (en) * | 2010-12-17 | 2015-02-24 | Sony Corporation | System and method for remote controlled device selection based on device position data and orientation data of a user |
US20120154559A1 (en) * | 2010-12-21 | 2012-06-21 | Voss Shane D | Generate Media |
US9386294B2 (en) * | 2011-01-05 | 2016-07-05 | Google Technology Holdings LLC | Method and apparatus for 3DTV image adjustment |
US8983555B2 (en) * | 2011-01-07 | 2015-03-17 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Wireless communication techniques |
TW201232280A (en) * | 2011-01-20 | 2012-08-01 | Hon Hai Prec Ind Co Ltd | System and method for sharing desktop information |
KR20120088467A (en) * | 2011-01-31 | 2012-08-08 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Method and apparatus for displaying partial 3d image in 2d image disaply area |
JP5632764B2 (en) * | 2011-02-02 | 2014-11-26 | セイコーインスツル株式会社 | Stereoscopic image display device |
US20120202187A1 (en) * | 2011-02-03 | 2012-08-09 | Shadowbox Comics, Llc | Method for distribution and display of sequential graphic art |
US10083639B2 (en) * | 2011-02-04 | 2018-09-25 | Seiko Epson Corporation | Control device for controlling image display device, head-mounted display device, image display system, control method for the image display device, and control method for the head-mounted display device |
US8724467B2 (en) | 2011-02-04 | 2014-05-13 | Cisco Technology, Inc. | System and method for managing congestion in a network environment |
TWI569041B (en) | 2011-02-14 | 2017-02-01 | 半導體能源研究所股份有限公司 | Display device |
US8630247B2 (en) * | 2011-02-15 | 2014-01-14 | Cisco Technology, Inc. | System and method for managing tracking area identity lists in a mobile network environment |
US9035860B2 (en) | 2011-02-16 | 2015-05-19 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Display device |
WO2012111427A1 (en) | 2011-02-16 | 2012-08-23 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Display device |
US9443455B2 (en) | 2011-02-25 | 2016-09-13 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Display device having a plurality of pixels |
KR101852428B1 (en) * | 2011-03-09 | 2018-04-26 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Mobile twrminal and 3d object control method thereof |
US9558687B2 (en) | 2011-03-11 | 2017-01-31 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Display device and method for driving the same |
US9578299B2 (en) * | 2011-03-14 | 2017-02-21 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Stereoscopic conversion for shader based graphics content |
JP5766479B2 (en) * | 2011-03-25 | 2015-08-19 | 京セラ株式会社 | Electronic device, control method, and control program |
JP5730091B2 (en) * | 2011-03-25 | 2015-06-03 | 株式会社ジャパンディスプレイ | Display panel, display device and electronic device |
JP5092033B2 (en) * | 2011-03-28 | 2012-12-05 | 株式会社東芝 | Electronic device, display control method, and display control program |
JP2012205285A (en) * | 2011-03-28 | 2012-10-22 | Sony Corp | Video signal processing apparatus and video signal processing method |
WO2012138539A2 (en) * | 2011-04-08 | 2012-10-11 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Interactive system for collecting, displaying, and ranking items based on quantitative and textual input from multiple participants |
US8988512B2 (en) * | 2011-04-14 | 2015-03-24 | Mediatek Inc. | Method for adjusting playback of multimedia content according to detection result of user status and related apparatus thereof |
JP5162000B2 (en) * | 2011-04-19 | 2013-03-13 | 株式会社東芝 | Information processing apparatus, information processing method, and program |
JP5161998B2 (en) * | 2011-04-19 | 2013-03-13 | 株式会社東芝 | Information processing apparatus, information processing method, and program |
JP5161999B2 (en) * | 2011-04-19 | 2013-03-13 | 株式会社東芝 | Electronic device, display control method, and display control program |
CN103444187A (en) * | 2011-05-05 | 2013-12-11 | 英派尔科技开发有限公司 | Lenticular directional display |
US20120287115A1 (en) * | 2011-05-10 | 2012-11-15 | Ding Junjie | Method for generating image frames |
KR20120126458A (en) * | 2011-05-11 | 2012-11-21 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Method for processing broadcasting signal and display device thereof |
WO2012156778A1 (en) * | 2011-05-13 | 2012-11-22 | Sony Ericsson Mobile Communications Ab | Adjusting parallax barriers |
US8913104B2 (en) * | 2011-05-24 | 2014-12-16 | Bose Corporation | Audio synchronization for two dimensional and three dimensional video signals |
US9420259B2 (en) * | 2011-05-24 | 2016-08-16 | Comcast Cable Communications, Llc | Dynamic distribution of three-dimensional content |
JP6050941B2 (en) * | 2011-05-26 | 2016-12-21 | サターン ライセンシング エルエルシーSaturn Licensing LLC | Display device and method, and program |
US9442562B2 (en) * | 2011-05-27 | 2016-09-13 | Dolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation | Systems and methods of image processing that adjust for viewer position, screen size and viewing distance |
US9084068B2 (en) * | 2011-05-30 | 2015-07-14 | Sony Corporation | Sensor-based placement of sound in video recording |
CN103262551B (en) * | 2011-06-01 | 2015-12-09 | 松下电器产业株式会社 | Image processor, dispensing device, image processing system, image treatment method, sending method and integrated circuit |
JP2012253543A (en) * | 2011-06-02 | 2012-12-20 | Seiko Epson Corp | Display device, control method of display device, and program |
JP5770018B2 (en) * | 2011-06-03 | 2015-08-26 | 任天堂株式会社 | Display control program, display control apparatus, display control method, and display control system |
US9420268B2 (en) | 2011-06-23 | 2016-08-16 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Apparatus and method for displaying 3-dimensional image |
WO2012174739A1 (en) * | 2011-06-24 | 2012-12-27 | Technicolor (China) Technology Co., Ltd. | Method and device for delivering 3d content |
US9030522B2 (en) | 2011-06-24 | 2015-05-12 | At&T Intellectual Property I, Lp | Apparatus and method for providing media content |
US9445046B2 (en) | 2011-06-24 | 2016-09-13 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Apparatus and method for presenting media content with telepresence |
US9602766B2 (en) | 2011-06-24 | 2017-03-21 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Apparatus and method for presenting three dimensional objects with telepresence |
KR101772458B1 (en) * | 2011-06-28 | 2017-08-30 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Display device and method for controlling thereof |
US20130265300A1 (en) * | 2011-07-03 | 2013-10-10 | Neorai Vardi | Computer device in form of wearable glasses and user interface thereof |
JP2013015779A (en) * | 2011-07-06 | 2013-01-24 | Sony Corp | Display control device, display control method, and computer program |
US8988411B2 (en) | 2011-07-08 | 2015-03-24 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Display device |
US9137522B2 (en) * | 2011-07-11 | 2015-09-15 | Realtek Semiconductor Corp. | Device and method for 3-D display control |
US9294752B2 (en) * | 2011-07-13 | 2016-03-22 | Google Technology Holdings LLC | Dual mode user interface system and method for 3D video |
US8587635B2 (en) | 2011-07-15 | 2013-11-19 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Apparatus and method for providing media services with telepresence |
US8928708B2 (en) | 2011-07-15 | 2015-01-06 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Display device and method for driving the display device |
KR101926477B1 (en) * | 2011-07-18 | 2018-12-11 | 삼성전자 주식회사 | Contents play method and apparatus |
KR20130010834A (en) * | 2011-07-19 | 2013-01-29 | 가부시키가이샤 한도오따이 에네루기 켄큐쇼 | Display device |
JP2013038454A (en) * | 2011-08-03 | 2013-02-21 | Sony Corp | Image processor, method, and program |
JP2013038504A (en) | 2011-08-04 | 2013-02-21 | Sony Corp | Imaging device, image processing method and program |
JP5815326B2 (en) * | 2011-08-12 | 2015-11-17 | ルネサスエレクトロニクス株式会社 | Video decoding device and image display device |
WO2013026048A2 (en) * | 2011-08-18 | 2013-02-21 | Utherverse Digital, Inc. | Systems and methods of virtual world interaction |
US10659724B2 (en) * | 2011-08-24 | 2020-05-19 | Ati Technologies Ulc | Method and apparatus for providing dropped picture image processing |
EP2747641A4 (en) | 2011-08-26 | 2015-04-01 | Kineticor Inc | Methods, systems, and devices for intra-scan motion correction |
JP2013050537A (en) * | 2011-08-30 | 2013-03-14 | Sony Corp | Display device and electronic apparatus |
JP2013050539A (en) * | 2011-08-30 | 2013-03-14 | Sony Corp | Display device and electronic apparatus |
US20130050596A1 (en) * | 2011-08-30 | 2013-02-28 | Industrial Technology Research Institute | Auto-stereoscopic display and method for fabricating the same |
JP2013050538A (en) | 2011-08-30 | 2013-03-14 | Sony Corp | Display device and electronic apparatus |
KR102008818B1 (en) * | 2011-08-31 | 2019-08-08 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Digital broadcast signal processing method and device |
US8872813B2 (en) | 2011-09-02 | 2014-10-28 | Adobe Systems Incorporated | Parallax image authoring and viewing in digital media |
CN102368244B (en) * | 2011-09-08 | 2013-05-15 | 广州市动景计算机科技有限公司 | Page content alignment method, device and mobile terminal browser |
DE112012003931T5 (en) | 2011-09-21 | 2014-07-10 | Magna Electronics, Inc. | Image processing system for a motor vehicle with image data transmission and power supply via a coaxial cable |
CN102510503B (en) * | 2011-09-30 | 2015-06-03 | 深圳超多维光电子有限公司 | Stereoscopic display method and stereoscopic display equipment |
JP5715539B2 (en) * | 2011-10-06 | 2015-05-07 | 株式会社ジャパンディスプレイ | Display device and electronic device |
KR20130037861A (en) * | 2011-10-07 | 2013-04-17 | 삼성디스플레이 주식회사 | Display apparatus and method of displaying three dimensional image using the same |
KR101813035B1 (en) | 2011-10-10 | 2017-12-28 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Mobile terminal and method for controlling the same |
WO2013055164A1 (en) * | 2011-10-13 | 2013-04-18 | 삼성전자 주식회사 | Method for displaying contents, method for synchronizing contents, and method and device for displaying broadcast contents |
GB2495725B (en) * | 2011-10-18 | 2014-10-01 | Sony Comp Entertainment Europe | Image transfer apparatus and method |
JP5149435B1 (en) * | 2011-11-04 | 2013-02-20 | 株式会社東芝 | Video processing apparatus and video processing method |
US8933935B2 (en) | 2011-11-10 | 2015-01-13 | 7D Surgical Inc. | Method of rendering and manipulating anatomical images on mobile computing device |
KR101887058B1 (en) * | 2011-11-11 | 2018-08-09 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | A process for processing a three-dimensional image and a method for controlling electric power of the same |
US20140327708A1 (en) * | 2011-11-15 | 2014-11-06 | Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha | Display device |
US20130127841A1 (en) * | 2011-11-18 | 2013-05-23 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Three-dimensional (3d) image display method and apparatus for 3d imaging and displaying contents according to start or end of operation |
US9942580B2 (en) | 2011-11-18 | 2018-04-10 | At&T Intellecutal Property I, L.P. | System and method for automatically selecting encoding/decoding for streaming media |
US8660362B2 (en) * | 2011-11-21 | 2014-02-25 | Microsoft Corporation | Combined depth filtering and super resolution |
WO2013081985A1 (en) | 2011-11-28 | 2013-06-06 | Magna Electronics, Inc. | Vision system for vehicle |
DE102011055967B4 (en) * | 2011-12-02 | 2016-03-10 | Seereal Technologies S.A. | Measuring method and device for carrying out the measuring method |
US9626798B2 (en) | 2011-12-05 | 2017-04-18 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | System and method to digitally replace objects in images or video |
CN103163650A (en) * | 2011-12-08 | 2013-06-19 | 武汉天马微电子有限公司 | Naked eye three-dimensional (3D) grating structure |
US20130156090A1 (en) * | 2011-12-14 | 2013-06-20 | Ati Technologies Ulc | Method and apparatus for enabling multiuser use |
US9042266B2 (en) * | 2011-12-21 | 2015-05-26 | Kik Interactive, Inc. | Methods and apparatus for initializing a network connection for an output device |
US20140317537A1 (en) * | 2011-12-22 | 2014-10-23 | Tencent Technology (Shenzhen) Company Limited | Browser based application program extension method and device |
EP2611176A3 (en) * | 2011-12-29 | 2015-11-18 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Display apparatus and controlling method thereof |
CN202995143U (en) * | 2011-12-29 | 2013-06-12 | 三星电子株式会社 | Glasses device and display device |
US9392251B2 (en) | 2011-12-29 | 2016-07-12 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Display apparatus, glasses apparatus and method for controlling depth |
TWI467235B (en) * | 2012-02-06 | 2015-01-01 | Innocom Tech Shenzhen Co Ltd | Three-dimensional (3d) display and displaying method thereof |
US9324190B2 (en) | 2012-02-24 | 2016-04-26 | Matterport, Inc. | Capturing and aligning three-dimensional scenes |
US11282287B2 (en) | 2012-02-24 | 2022-03-22 | Matterport, Inc. | Employing three-dimensional (3D) data predicted from two-dimensional (2D) images using neural networks for 3D modeling applications and other applications |
US10848731B2 (en) | 2012-02-24 | 2020-11-24 | Matterport, Inc. | Capturing and aligning panoramic image and depth data |
CN103294453B (en) * | 2012-02-24 | 2017-02-22 | 华为技术有限公司 | Image processing method and image processing device |
KR20130098023A (en) * | 2012-02-27 | 2013-09-04 | 한국전자통신연구원 | Apparatus and method for displaying an image on 3-dimentional display based on multi-layer parallax barrier |
JP5942477B2 (en) | 2012-02-29 | 2016-06-29 | 富士ゼロックス株式会社 | Setting device and program |
EP2637416A1 (en) * | 2012-03-06 | 2013-09-11 | Alcatel Lucent | A system and method for optimized streaming of variable multi-viewpoint media |
JP6015743B2 (en) * | 2012-03-07 | 2016-10-26 | ソニー株式会社 | Information processing apparatus, information processing method, and program |
JP5762998B2 (en) * | 2012-03-07 | 2015-08-12 | 株式会社ジャパンディスプレイ | Display device and electronic device |
JP5806150B2 (en) * | 2012-03-13 | 2015-11-10 | 株式会社ジャパンディスプレイ | Display device |
JP5779124B2 (en) * | 2012-03-13 | 2015-09-16 | 株式会社ジャパンディスプレイ | Display device and electronic device |
CN102650741B (en) * | 2012-03-16 | 2014-06-11 | 京东方科技集团股份有限公司 | Light splitting device, manufacturing method thereof and 3D (Three-Dimensional) display device |
WO2013135203A1 (en) | 2012-03-16 | 2013-09-19 | Tencent Technology (Shenzhen) Company Limited | Offline download method and system |
US9733707B2 (en) | 2012-03-22 | 2017-08-15 | Honeywell International Inc. | Touch screen display user interface and method for improving touch interface utility on the same employing a rules-based masking system |
US20130265297A1 (en) * | 2012-04-06 | 2013-10-10 | Motorola Mobility, Inc. | Display of a Corrected Browser Projection of a Visual Guide for Placing a Three Dimensional Object in a Browser |
US9308439B2 (en) * | 2012-04-10 | 2016-04-12 | Bally Gaming, Inc. | Controlling three-dimensional presentation of wagering game content |
WO2013153418A1 (en) * | 2012-04-12 | 2013-10-17 | Sony Mobile Communications Ab | Improved 3d image display system |
CN102645959A (en) * | 2012-04-16 | 2012-08-22 | 上海颖杰计算机系统设备有限公司 | 3D (Three Dimensional) integrated computer |
KR101923150B1 (en) * | 2012-04-16 | 2018-11-29 | 삼성디스플레이 주식회사 | Display apparatus and method of displaying three dimensional image using the same |
US20150062315A1 (en) * | 2012-04-18 | 2015-03-05 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Simultaneous 2d and 3d images on a display |
EP2653906B1 (en) | 2012-04-20 | 2022-08-24 | Dolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation | A system for delivering stereoscopic images |
CN103379362B (en) * | 2012-04-24 | 2017-07-07 | 腾讯科技(深圳)有限公司 | VOD method and system |
US9201495B2 (en) * | 2012-04-24 | 2015-12-01 | Mobitv, Inc. | Control of perspective in multi-dimensional media |
US9707892B2 (en) * | 2012-04-25 | 2017-07-18 | Gentex Corporation | Multi-focus optical system |
US20130290867A1 (en) * | 2012-04-27 | 2013-10-31 | Litera Technologies, LLC | Systems and Methods For Providing Dynamic and Interactive Viewing and Control of Applications |
KR20130123599A (en) * | 2012-05-03 | 2013-11-13 | 한국과학기술원 | Speed dependent automatic dimming technique |
CN103457960B (en) | 2012-05-15 | 2018-03-09 | 腾讯科技(深圳)有限公司 | The method and system of load document in web game |
US10089537B2 (en) | 2012-05-18 | 2018-10-02 | Magna Electronics Inc. | Vehicle vision system with front and rear camera integration |
US9201270B2 (en) * | 2012-06-01 | 2015-12-01 | Leia Inc. | Directional backlight with a modulation layer |
JP2015525370A (en) * | 2012-06-01 | 2015-09-03 | コーニンクレッカ フィリップス エヌ ヴェ | Autostereoscopic display device and driving method |
US9418672B2 (en) | 2012-06-05 | 2016-08-16 | Apple Inc. | Navigation application with adaptive instruction text |
US9997069B2 (en) | 2012-06-05 | 2018-06-12 | Apple Inc. | Context-aware voice guidance |
US9886794B2 (en) | 2012-06-05 | 2018-02-06 | Apple Inc. | Problem reporting in maps |
US9159153B2 (en) | 2012-06-05 | 2015-10-13 | Apple Inc. | Method, system and apparatus for providing visual feedback of a map view change |
US9230556B2 (en) | 2012-06-05 | 2016-01-05 | Apple Inc. | Voice instructions during navigation |
US8965696B2 (en) | 2012-06-05 | 2015-02-24 | Apple Inc. | Providing navigation instructions while operating navigation application in background |
US9482296B2 (en) | 2012-06-05 | 2016-11-01 | Apple Inc. | Rendering road signs during navigation |
US9111380B2 (en) | 2012-06-05 | 2015-08-18 | Apple Inc. | Rendering maps |
US10176633B2 (en) | 2012-06-05 | 2019-01-08 | Apple Inc. | Integrated mapping and navigation application |
US9367959B2 (en) * | 2012-06-05 | 2016-06-14 | Apple Inc. | Mapping application with 3D presentation |
JP6046923B2 (en) * | 2012-06-07 | 2016-12-21 | キヤノン株式会社 | Image coding apparatus, image coding method, and program |
WO2013183801A1 (en) * | 2012-06-08 | 2013-12-12 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Rendering method of 3d web-page and terminal using the same |
US9800862B2 (en) * | 2012-06-12 | 2017-10-24 | The Board Of Trustees Of The University Of Illinois | System and methods for visualizing information |
US9829996B2 (en) * | 2012-06-25 | 2017-11-28 | Zspace, Inc. | Operations in a three dimensional display system |
WO2014000129A1 (en) * | 2012-06-30 | 2014-01-03 | Intel Corporation | 3d graphical user interface |
KR101649660B1 (en) * | 2012-07-06 | 2016-08-19 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Terminal for increasing visual comfort sensation of 3d object and control method thereof |
US20140022241A1 (en) * | 2012-07-18 | 2014-01-23 | Electronics And Telecommunications Research Institute | Display apparatus and method based on symmetrically spb |
US10353718B2 (en) * | 2012-07-23 | 2019-07-16 | Vmware, Inc. | Providing access to a remote application via a web client |
US8959176B2 (en) | 2012-07-31 | 2015-02-17 | Apple Inc. | Streaming common media content to multiple devices |
US9491784B2 (en) * | 2012-07-31 | 2016-11-08 | Apple Inc. | Streaming common media content to multiple devices |
CA2822217A1 (en) | 2012-08-02 | 2014-02-02 | Iwatchlife Inc. | Method and system for anonymous video analytics processing |
US9786281B1 (en) * | 2012-08-02 | 2017-10-10 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Household agent learning |
KR101310941B1 (en) * | 2012-08-03 | 2013-09-23 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Display apparatus for displaying a plurality of content views, shutter glasses device for syncronizing with one of the content views and methods thereof |
US9423871B2 (en) * | 2012-08-07 | 2016-08-23 | Honeywell International Inc. | System and method for reducing the effects of inadvertent touch on a touch screen controller |
KR101994295B1 (en) * | 2012-08-08 | 2019-06-28 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Terminal and method for generating live image in terminal |
US9225972B2 (en) | 2012-08-10 | 2015-12-29 | Pixtronix, Inc. | Three dimensional (3D) image generation using electromechanical display elements |
US9198209B2 (en) | 2012-08-21 | 2015-11-24 | Cisco Technology, Inc. | Providing integrated end-to-end architecture that includes quality of service transport for tunneled traffic |
CN103631021B (en) * | 2012-08-27 | 2016-06-15 | 群康科技(深圳)有限公司 | 3 d display device and image display method thereof |
TWI509289B (en) * | 2012-08-27 | 2015-11-21 | Innocom Tech Shenzhen Co Ltd | Stereoscopic display apparatus and image display method thereof |
KR20140028780A (en) | 2012-08-30 | 2014-03-10 | 삼성디스플레이 주식회사 | Display apparatus and method of displaying three dimensional image using the same |
US9811878B1 (en) * | 2012-09-04 | 2017-11-07 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Dynamic processing of image borders |
US10171540B2 (en) * | 2012-09-07 | 2019-01-01 | High Sec Labs Ltd | Method and apparatus for streaming video security |
US20150138444A1 (en) * | 2012-09-14 | 2015-05-21 | Masayuki Hirabayashi | Video display apparatus and terminal device |
US9179232B2 (en) * | 2012-09-17 | 2015-11-03 | Nokia Technologies Oy | Method and apparatus for associating audio objects with content and geo-location |
JP5837009B2 (en) * | 2012-09-26 | 2015-12-24 | キヤノン株式会社 | Display device and control method thereof |
CN104104934B (en) * | 2012-10-04 | 2019-02-19 | 陈笛 | The component and method of the more spectators' Three-dimensional Displays of glasses-free |
JP5928286B2 (en) * | 2012-10-05 | 2016-06-01 | 富士ゼロックス株式会社 | Information processing apparatus and program |
WO2014163665A1 (en) * | 2012-10-10 | 2014-10-09 | Kassouf Sidney | System for distributing auto-stereoscopic images |
US20140104242A1 (en) * | 2012-10-12 | 2014-04-17 | Nvidia Corporation | System and method for concurrent display of a video signal on a plurality of display devices |
US9235103B2 (en) * | 2012-10-25 | 2016-01-12 | Au Optronics Corporation | 3D liquid crystal display comprising four electrodes alternately arrange between a first and second substrate |
CN102917265A (en) * | 2012-10-25 | 2013-02-06 | 深圳创维-Rgb电子有限公司 | Information browsing method and system based on network television |
US9161018B2 (en) * | 2012-10-26 | 2015-10-13 | Christopher L. UHL | Methods and systems for synthesizing stereoscopic images |
TWI452345B (en) * | 2012-10-26 | 2014-09-11 | Au Optronics Corp | Three dimensions display device and displaying method thereof |
JP2014092744A (en) * | 2012-11-06 | 2014-05-19 | Japan Display Inc | Stereoscopic display device |
CN104516168B (en) * | 2012-11-21 | 2018-05-08 | 京东方科技集团股份有限公司 | Convertible lens and preparation method thereof, 2 d-3 d display base plate and display device |
US9674510B2 (en) * | 2012-11-21 | 2017-06-06 | Elwha Llc | Pulsed projection system for 3D video |
CN102981343B (en) * | 2012-11-21 | 2015-01-07 | 京东方科技集团股份有限公司 | Convertible lens and preparation method thereof, as well as two-dimensional and three-dimensional display surface substrate and display device |
US9547937B2 (en) * | 2012-11-30 | 2017-01-17 | Legend3D, Inc. | Three-dimensional annotation system and method |
WO2014085910A1 (en) | 2012-12-04 | 2014-06-12 | Interaxon Inc. | System and method for enhancing content using brain-state data |
US9265458B2 (en) | 2012-12-04 | 2016-02-23 | Sync-Think, Inc. | Application of smooth pursuit cognitive testing paradigms to clinical drug development |
US9128580B2 (en) | 2012-12-07 | 2015-09-08 | Honeywell International Inc. | System and method for interacting with a touch screen interface utilizing an intelligent stencil mask |
US20140165209A1 (en) * | 2012-12-11 | 2014-06-12 | Verizon Patent And Licensing Inc. | Digital content delivery platform for multiple retailers |
US9047054B1 (en) | 2012-12-20 | 2015-06-02 | Audible, Inc. | User location-based management of content presentation |
US9497448B2 (en) * | 2012-12-31 | 2016-11-15 | Lg Display Co., Ltd. | Image processing method of transparent display apparatus and apparatus thereof |
TWI531213B (en) * | 2013-01-18 | 2016-04-21 | 國立成功大學 | Image conversion method and module for naked-eye 3d display |
US10327708B2 (en) | 2013-01-24 | 2019-06-25 | Kineticor, Inc. | Systems, devices, and methods for tracking and compensating for patient motion during a medical imaging scan |
US9717461B2 (en) | 2013-01-24 | 2017-08-01 | Kineticor, Inc. | Systems, devices, and methods for tracking and compensating for patient motion during a medical imaging scan |
US9305365B2 (en) | 2013-01-24 | 2016-04-05 | Kineticor, Inc. | Systems, devices, and methods for tracking moving targets |
EP2950714A4 (en) | 2013-02-01 | 2017-08-16 | Kineticor, Inc. | Motion tracking system for real time adaptive motion compensation in biomedical imaging |
WO2014129134A1 (en) * | 2013-02-19 | 2014-08-28 | パナソニック株式会社 | Image display device |
TWI502247B (en) * | 2013-02-26 | 2015-10-01 | Chunghwa Picture Tubes Ltd | Autostereoscopic display device and display method thereof |
US8712217B1 (en) | 2013-03-01 | 2014-04-29 | Comcast Cable Communications, Llc | Methods and systems for time-shifting content |
US9380976B2 (en) | 2013-03-11 | 2016-07-05 | Sync-Think, Inc. | Optical neuroinformatics |
US20140267601A1 (en) * | 2013-03-14 | 2014-09-18 | Corel Corporation | System and method for efficient editing of 3d video |
CN103236074B (en) * | 2013-03-25 | 2015-12-23 | 深圳超多维光电子有限公司 | A kind of 2D/3D image processing method and device |
US10110647B2 (en) * | 2013-03-28 | 2018-10-23 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Method and apparatus for altering bandwidth consumption |
KR101981530B1 (en) | 2013-03-29 | 2019-05-23 | 엘지디스플레이 주식회사 | Stereoscopic image display device and method for driving the same |
CN103235415B (en) * | 2013-04-01 | 2015-12-23 | 昆山龙腾光电有限公司 | Based on the multi-view free stereoscopic displayer of grating |
KR101970577B1 (en) * | 2013-04-09 | 2019-04-19 | 엘지디스플레이 주식회사 | Stereoscopic display device and eye-tracking method thereof |
US20140316907A1 (en) * | 2013-04-17 | 2014-10-23 | Asaf NAIM | Multilayered user interface for internet browser |
US20140328505A1 (en) * | 2013-05-02 | 2014-11-06 | Microsoft Corporation | Sound field adaptation based upon user tracking |
CN103293689B (en) * | 2013-05-31 | 2015-05-13 | 京东方科技集团股份有限公司 | Method capable of switching between different display modes and display device |
KR20140142863A (en) * | 2013-06-05 | 2014-12-15 | 한국전자통신연구원 | Apparatus and method for providing graphic editors |
TWI510813B (en) * | 2013-06-18 | 2015-12-01 | Zhangjiagang Kangde Xin Optronics Material Co Ltd | A liquid crystal parallax barrier device that displays three-dimensional images in both directions |
CN104238185B (en) * | 2013-06-19 | 2017-04-12 | 扬升照明股份有限公司 | Light source module, display device and light source module drive method |
CN103309639A (en) * | 2013-06-21 | 2013-09-18 | 广东威创视讯科技股份有限公司 | Method and device based on split screen display of three-dimensional scene |
US10003789B2 (en) | 2013-06-24 | 2018-06-19 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Practical two-frame 3D+2D TV |
CN103365657B (en) * | 2013-06-28 | 2019-03-15 | 北京智谷睿拓技术服务有限公司 | Display control method, device and the display equipment including the device |
TWI495904B (en) * | 2013-07-12 | 2015-08-11 | Vision Technology Co Ltd C | Field sequential color lcd and method for generating 3d images by matching a software optical grating |
US9418469B1 (en) | 2013-07-19 | 2016-08-16 | Outward, Inc. | Generating video content |
JP2015025968A (en) * | 2013-07-26 | 2015-02-05 | ソニー株式会社 | Presentation medium and display device |
US9678929B2 (en) * | 2013-08-01 | 2017-06-13 | Equldo Limited | Stereoscopic online web content creation and rendering |
TWI489148B (en) * | 2013-08-23 | 2015-06-21 | Au Optronics Corp | Stereoscopic display and the driving method |
TWI505243B (en) * | 2013-09-10 | 2015-10-21 | Zhangjiagang Kangde Xin Optronics Material Co Ltd | A device that can display 2D and 3D images at the same time |
KR101856568B1 (en) * | 2013-09-16 | 2018-06-19 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Multi view image display apparatus and controlling method thereof |
US10592064B2 (en) * | 2013-09-17 | 2020-03-17 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Approaches for three-dimensional object display used in content navigation |
US10067634B2 (en) | 2013-09-17 | 2018-09-04 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Approaches for three-dimensional object display |
US9392355B1 (en) * | 2013-09-19 | 2016-07-12 | Voyetra Turtle Beach, Inc. | Gaming headset with voice scrambling for private in-game conversations |
US9591295B2 (en) * | 2013-09-24 | 2017-03-07 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Approaches for simulating three-dimensional views |
WO2015054235A1 (en) * | 2013-10-07 | 2015-04-16 | Vid Scale, Inc. | User adaptive 3d video rendering and delivery |
CN103508999B (en) * | 2013-10-12 | 2015-05-13 | 浙江海正药业股份有限公司 | Maxacalcitol synthesizing intermediate and preparation method and application thereof |
US11343487B2 (en) | 2013-10-31 | 2022-05-24 | David Woods | Trackable glasses system for perspective views of a display |
US10116914B2 (en) * | 2013-10-31 | 2018-10-30 | 3Di Llc | Stereoscopic display |
US10652525B2 (en) | 2013-10-31 | 2020-05-12 | 3Di Llc | Quad view display system |
US9986228B2 (en) | 2016-03-24 | 2018-05-29 | 3Di Llc | Trackable glasses system that provides multiple views of a shared display |
US9883173B2 (en) | 2013-12-25 | 2018-01-30 | 3Di Llc | Stereoscopic display |
JP6411862B2 (en) | 2013-11-15 | 2018-10-24 | パナソニック株式会社 | File generation method and file generation apparatus |
KR20150057064A (en) * | 2013-11-18 | 2015-05-28 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Electronic device and control method thereof |
US20150138184A1 (en) * | 2013-11-20 | 2015-05-21 | Apple Inc. | Spatially interactive computing device |
CN103605211B (en) * | 2013-11-27 | 2016-04-20 | 南京大学 | Tablet non-auxiliary stereo display device and method |
TWI511112B (en) * | 2013-11-27 | 2015-12-01 | Acer Inc | Image display method and display system |
KR20150065056A (en) * | 2013-12-04 | 2015-06-12 | 삼성디스플레이 주식회사 | Image display apparatus |
US9988047B2 (en) | 2013-12-12 | 2018-06-05 | Magna Electronics Inc. | Vehicle control system with traffic driving control |
US20150189256A1 (en) * | 2013-12-16 | 2015-07-02 | Christian Stroetmann | Autostereoscopic multi-layer display and control approaches |
CN103676302B (en) * | 2013-12-31 | 2016-04-06 | 京东方科技集团股份有限公司 | Realize array base palte, display device and method that 2D/3D display switches |
US10303242B2 (en) | 2014-01-06 | 2019-05-28 | Avegant Corp. | Media chair apparatus, system, and method |
US10409079B2 (en) | 2014-01-06 | 2019-09-10 | Avegant Corp. | Apparatus, system, and method for displaying an image using a plate |
JP6467680B2 (en) * | 2014-01-10 | 2019-02-13 | パナソニックIpマネジメント株式会社 | File generation method and file generation apparatus |
US9785623B2 (en) * | 2014-01-22 | 2017-10-10 | Freedom Scientific, Inc. | Identifying a set of related visible content elements in a markup language document |
WO2015112064A1 (en) * | 2014-01-23 | 2015-07-30 | Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson (Publ) | Multi-view display control for channel selection |
US10554962B2 (en) | 2014-02-07 | 2020-02-04 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Multi-layer high transparency display for light field generation |
US10565925B2 (en) | 2014-02-07 | 2020-02-18 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Full color display with intrinsic transparency |
US10453371B2 (en) | 2014-02-07 | 2019-10-22 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Multi-layer display with color and contrast enhancement |
US10375365B2 (en) | 2014-02-07 | 2019-08-06 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Projection system with enhanced color and contrast |
CN103792672B (en) * | 2014-02-14 | 2016-03-23 | 成都京东方光电科技有限公司 | Stereo display assembly, liquid crystal panel and display device |
CN104853008B (en) * | 2014-02-17 | 2020-05-19 | 北京三星通信技术研究有限公司 | Portable device and method capable of switching between two-dimensional display and three-dimensional display |
KR101678389B1 (en) * | 2014-02-28 | 2016-11-22 | 엔트릭스 주식회사 | Method for providing media data based on cloud computing, apparatus and system |
US20150253974A1 (en) | 2014-03-07 | 2015-09-10 | Sony Corporation | Control of large screen display using wireless portable computer interfacing with display controller |
CN103903548B (en) * | 2014-03-07 | 2016-03-02 | 京东方科技集团股份有限公司 | A kind of driving method of display panel and drive system |
CN106572810A (en) | 2014-03-24 | 2017-04-19 | 凯内蒂科尔股份有限公司 | Systems, methods, and devices for removing prospective motion correction from medical imaging scans |
US9373306B2 (en) * | 2014-03-25 | 2016-06-21 | Intel Coporation | Direct viewer projection |
KR102175813B1 (en) * | 2014-04-18 | 2020-11-09 | 삼성디스플레이 주식회사 | Three dimensional image display device and method of processing image |
US20150334367A1 (en) * | 2014-05-13 | 2015-11-19 | Nagravision S.A. | Techniques for displaying three dimensional objects |
KR102204830B1 (en) * | 2014-05-20 | 2021-01-19 | 한국전자통신연구원 | Method and apparatus for providing three-dimensional territorial brordcasting based on non real time service |
US9838756B2 (en) * | 2014-05-20 | 2017-12-05 | Electronics And Telecommunications Research Institute | Method and apparatus for providing three-dimensional territorial broadcasting based on non real time service |
CN104023223B (en) * | 2014-05-29 | 2016-03-02 | 京东方科技集团股份有限公司 | Display control method, Apparatus and system |
CN104090365A (en) * | 2014-06-18 | 2014-10-08 | 京东方科技集团股份有限公司 | Shutter glasses, display device, display system and display method |
US10613585B2 (en) * | 2014-06-19 | 2020-04-07 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Transparent display apparatus, group play system using transparent display apparatus and performance methods thereof |
GB2527548A (en) * | 2014-06-25 | 2015-12-30 | Sharp Kk | Variable barrier pitch correction |
KR102221676B1 (en) * | 2014-07-02 | 2021-03-02 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Method, User terminal and Audio System for the speaker location and level control using the magnetic field |
CN104155769A (en) * | 2014-07-15 | 2014-11-19 | 深圳市亿思达显示科技有限公司 | 2D/3D co-fusion display device and advertizing device |
CN104090818A (en) * | 2014-07-16 | 2014-10-08 | 北京智谷睿拓技术服务有限公司 | Information processing method, device and system |
TWI556624B (en) * | 2014-07-18 | 2016-11-01 | 友達光電股份有限公司 | Image displaying method and image dispaly device |
CN104252058B (en) * | 2014-07-18 | 2017-06-20 | 京东方科技集团股份有限公司 | Grating control method and device, grating, display panel and 3D display devices |
CN106714681A (en) | 2014-07-23 | 2017-05-24 | 凯内蒂科尔股份有限公司 | Systems, devices, and methods for tracking and compensating for patient motion during a medical imaging scan |
EP3175773A4 (en) * | 2014-07-30 | 2018-10-10 | Olympus Corporation | Image processing device |
KR102366677B1 (en) * | 2014-08-02 | 2022-02-23 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Apparatus and Method for User Interaction thereof |
WO2016021861A1 (en) * | 2014-08-02 | 2016-02-11 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Electronic device and user interaction method thereof |
CN105323654B (en) * | 2014-08-05 | 2019-02-15 | 优视科技有限公司 | The method and apparatus for carrying out the content-data of automatic network is presented |
JP6327062B2 (en) * | 2014-08-25 | 2018-05-23 | オムロン株式会社 | Display device |
US9925980B2 (en) | 2014-09-17 | 2018-03-27 | Magna Electronics Inc. | Vehicle collision avoidance system with enhanced pedestrian avoidance |
US11205305B2 (en) | 2014-09-22 | 2021-12-21 | Samsung Electronics Company, Ltd. | Presentation of three-dimensional video |
US10313656B2 (en) | 2014-09-22 | 2019-06-04 | Samsung Electronics Company Ltd. | Image stitching for three-dimensional video |
WO2016046068A1 (en) | 2014-09-25 | 2016-03-31 | Koninklijke Philips N.V. | Display device with directional control of the output, and a backlight for such a display device |
FR3026589A1 (en) * | 2014-09-30 | 2016-04-01 | Orange | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR ADAPTING THE DISPLAY OF A VIDEO STREAM BY A CLIENT |
FR3026852B1 (en) * | 2014-10-03 | 2016-12-02 | Thales Sa | SEMI-TRANSPARENT SCREEN DISPLAY SYSTEM SHARED BY TWO OBSERVERS |
US10506295B2 (en) * | 2014-10-09 | 2019-12-10 | Disney Enterprises, Inc. | Systems and methods for delivering secondary content to viewers |
KR102266064B1 (en) * | 2014-10-15 | 2021-06-18 | 삼성디스플레이 주식회사 | Method of driving display panel, display panel driving apparatus and display apparatus having the display panel driving apparatus |
US20160119685A1 (en) * | 2014-10-21 | 2016-04-28 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Display method and display device |
CN104361622B (en) * | 2014-10-31 | 2018-06-19 | 福建星网视易信息系统有限公司 | A kind of interface method for drafting and device |
DE102014225796A1 (en) * | 2014-12-15 | 2016-06-16 | Bayerische Motoren Werke Aktiengesellschaft | Method for controlling a vehicle system |
CN104461440B (en) * | 2014-12-31 | 2018-01-02 | 上海天马有机发光显示技术有限公司 | Rendering intent, rendering device and display device |
EP3243094B1 (en) | 2015-01-10 | 2022-03-23 | LEIA Inc. | Multibeam grating-based backlight and a method of electronic display operation |
KR102322340B1 (en) | 2015-01-10 | 2021-11-05 | 레이아 인코포레이티드 | Diffraction grating-based backlighting having controlled diffractive coupling efficiency |
JP6567058B2 (en) | 2015-01-10 | 2019-08-28 | レイア、インコーポレイテッドLeia Inc. | 2D / 3D (2D / 3D) switchable display backlight and electronic display |
EP3248058B1 (en) | 2015-01-19 | 2020-05-06 | LEIA Inc. | Unidirectional grating-based backlighting employing a reflective island |
KR20160089600A (en) * | 2015-01-19 | 2016-07-28 | 삼성디스플레이 주식회사 | Display device |
US9690110B2 (en) * | 2015-01-21 | 2017-06-27 | Apple Inc. | Fine-coarse autostereoscopic display |
CN107209393B (en) * | 2015-01-28 | 2022-02-08 | 镭亚股份有限公司 | Three-dimensional (3D) electronic display |
US9973725B2 (en) * | 2015-02-02 | 2018-05-15 | Continental Teves Ag & Co. Ohg | Modular television system |
JP6359989B2 (en) * | 2015-02-24 | 2018-07-18 | 株式会社ジャパンディスプレイ | Display device and display method |
JP6359990B2 (en) * | 2015-02-24 | 2018-07-18 | 株式会社ジャパンディスプレイ | Display device and display method |
TWI554788B (en) * | 2015-03-04 | 2016-10-21 | 友達光電股份有限公司 | Display device |
KR102321364B1 (en) * | 2015-03-05 | 2021-11-03 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Method for synthesizing a 3d backgroud content and device thereof |
KR102329107B1 (en) | 2015-03-16 | 2021-11-18 | 레이아 인코포레이티드 | Unidirectional grating-based backlighting employing an angularly selective reflective layer |
JP6411257B2 (en) * | 2015-03-19 | 2018-10-24 | 株式会社ジャパンディスプレイ | Display device and control method thereof |
US9823474B2 (en) | 2015-04-02 | 2017-11-21 | Avegant Corp. | System, apparatus, and method for displaying an image with a wider field of view |
US9995857B2 (en) | 2015-04-03 | 2018-06-12 | Avegant Corp. | System, apparatus, and method for displaying an image using focal modulation |
US9846309B2 (en) * | 2015-04-17 | 2017-12-19 | Dongseo University Technology Headquarters | Depth-priority integral imaging display method using nonuniform dynamic mask array |
CN107533255A (en) | 2015-04-23 | 2018-01-02 | 镭亚股份有限公司 | Backlight based on double light guide gratings and the electronic console using the backlight |
US9705936B2 (en) * | 2015-04-24 | 2017-07-11 | Mersive Technologies, Inc. | System and method for interactive and real-time visualization of distributed media |
US10360617B2 (en) | 2015-04-24 | 2019-07-23 | Walmart Apollo, Llc | Automated shopping apparatus and method in response to consumption |
EP3295242B1 (en) | 2015-05-09 | 2020-05-06 | LEIA Inc. | Colour-scanning grating-based backlight and electronic display using the same |
CN104834104B (en) * | 2015-05-25 | 2017-05-24 | 京东方科技集团股份有限公司 | 2D/3D switchable display panel, and display method and display device thereof |
KR102329110B1 (en) | 2015-05-30 | 2021-11-18 | 레이아 인코포레이티드 | Vehicle monitoring system |
US10904091B2 (en) | 2015-06-03 | 2021-01-26 | Avago Technologies International Sales Pte. Limited | System for network-based reallocation of functions |
CN104883559A (en) * | 2015-06-06 | 2015-09-02 | 深圳市虚拟现实科技有限公司 | Video playing method and video playing device |
CN104851394B (en) * | 2015-06-10 | 2017-11-28 | 京东方科技集团股份有限公司 | A kind of display device and display methods |
CN104849870B (en) * | 2015-06-12 | 2018-01-09 | 京东方科技集团股份有限公司 | Display panel and display device |
US10362342B2 (en) * | 2015-06-16 | 2019-07-23 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Broadcast signal transmission device, broadcast signal reception device, broadcast signal transmission method, and broadcast signal reception method |
US9846310B2 (en) * | 2015-06-22 | 2017-12-19 | Innolux Corporation | 3D image display device with improved depth ranges |
GB2540376A (en) * | 2015-07-14 | 2017-01-18 | Sharp Kk | Parallax barrier with independently controllable regions |
GB2540377A (en) | 2015-07-14 | 2017-01-18 | Sharp Kk | Parallax barrier with independently controllable regions |
FR3038995B1 (en) * | 2015-07-15 | 2018-05-11 | F4 | INTERACTIVE DEVICE WITH CUSTOMIZABLE DISPLAY |
WO2017015056A1 (en) * | 2015-07-17 | 2017-01-26 | Abl Ip Holding Llc | Arrangements for software configurable lighting device |
US10497337B2 (en) | 2015-07-17 | 2019-12-03 | Abl Ip Holding Llc | Systems and methods to provide configuration data to a software configurable lighting device |
KR20180030878A (en) | 2015-07-17 | 2018-03-26 | 에이비엘 아이피 홀딩, 엘엘씨 | Software configurable lighting devices |
US9943247B2 (en) | 2015-07-28 | 2018-04-17 | The University Of Hawai'i | Systems, devices, and methods for detecting false movements for motion correction during a medical imaging scan |
US10079000B2 (en) | 2015-08-12 | 2018-09-18 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Reducing display degradation |
CN105100783B (en) | 2015-08-19 | 2018-03-23 | 京东方科技集团股份有限公司 | 3D display device and 3D display method |
US10186188B2 (en) * | 2015-09-23 | 2019-01-22 | Motorola Solutions, Inc. | Multi-angle simultaneous view light-emitting diode display |
EP3148188A1 (en) * | 2015-09-24 | 2017-03-29 | Airbus Operations GmbH | Virtual windows for airborne verhicles |
FR3042620B1 (en) | 2015-10-16 | 2017-12-08 | F4 | INTERACTIVE WEB DEVICE WITH CUSTOMIZABLE DISPLAY |
CN106254845B (en) * | 2015-10-20 | 2017-08-25 | 深圳超多维光电子有限公司 | A kind of method of bore hole stereoscopic display, device and electronic equipment |
CN105306866A (en) * | 2015-10-27 | 2016-02-03 | 青岛海信电器股份有限公司 | Frame rate conversion method and device |
US10462453B2 (en) * | 2015-11-10 | 2019-10-29 | Koninklijke Philips N.V. | Display device and display control method |
US11079931B2 (en) | 2015-11-13 | 2021-08-03 | Harman International Industries, Incorporated | User interface for in-vehicle system |
US20170148488A1 (en) * | 2015-11-20 | 2017-05-25 | Mediatek Inc. | Video data processing system and associated method for analyzing and summarizing recorded video data |
US10144419B2 (en) | 2015-11-23 | 2018-12-04 | Magna Electronics Inc. | Vehicle dynamic control system for emergency handling |
US10716515B2 (en) | 2015-11-23 | 2020-07-21 | Kineticor, Inc. | Systems, devices, and methods for tracking and compensating for patient motion during a medical imaging scan |
US9711128B2 (en) | 2015-12-04 | 2017-07-18 | Opentv, Inc. | Combined audio for multiple content presentation |
MX2018008789A (en) | 2016-01-19 | 2019-03-28 | Walmart Apollo Llc | Consumable item ordering system. |
US10373544B1 (en) | 2016-01-29 | 2019-08-06 | Leia, Inc. | Transformation from tiled to composite images |
NZ744813A (en) | 2016-01-29 | 2019-10-25 | Magic Leap Inc | Display for three-dimensional image |
WO2017156622A1 (en) * | 2016-03-13 | 2017-09-21 | Rising Sun Productions Limited | Head-mounted audiovisual capture device |
US10063917B2 (en) | 2016-03-16 | 2018-08-28 | Sorenson Media Inc. | Fingerprint layouts for content fingerprinting |
US10691880B2 (en) * | 2016-03-29 | 2020-06-23 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Ink in an electronic document |
US10200428B1 (en) * | 2016-03-30 | 2019-02-05 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Unicast routing of a media stream to subscribers |
US10185787B1 (en) * | 2016-04-06 | 2019-01-22 | Bentley Systems, Incorporated | Tool for accurate onsite model visualization that facilitates environment interaction |
US10256277B2 (en) * | 2016-04-11 | 2019-04-09 | Abl Ip Holding Llc | Luminaire utilizing a transparent organic light emitting device display |
US10663755B2 (en) * | 2016-04-28 | 2020-05-26 | Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. | Digital displays devices |
US10353534B2 (en) | 2016-05-13 | 2019-07-16 | Sap Se | Overview page in multi application user interface |
US10579238B2 (en) | 2016-05-13 | 2020-03-03 | Sap Se | Flexible screen layout across multiple platforms |
TWI626475B (en) * | 2016-06-08 | 2018-06-11 | 國立交通大學 | Stereoscopic display screen and stereoscopic display system |
EP3472832A4 (en) | 2016-06-17 | 2020-03-11 | DTS, Inc. | Distance panning using near / far-field rendering |
CN105842865B (en) * | 2016-06-21 | 2018-01-30 | 成都工业学院 | A kind of slim grating 3D display device based on slit grating |
US20180035236A1 (en) * | 2016-07-28 | 2018-02-01 | Leonardo Basterra | Audio System with Binaural Elements and Method of Use with Perspective Switching |
US10235010B2 (en) | 2016-07-28 | 2019-03-19 | Canon Kabushiki Kaisha | Information processing apparatus configured to generate an audio signal corresponding to a virtual viewpoint image, information processing system, information processing method, and non-transitory computer-readable storage medium |
US10089063B2 (en) | 2016-08-10 | 2018-10-02 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Multimedia device for processing spatialized audio based on movement |
US10154253B2 (en) * | 2016-08-29 | 2018-12-11 | Disney Enterprises, Inc. | Multi-view displays using images encoded with orbital angular momentum (OAM) on a pixel or image basis |
WO2018044711A1 (en) * | 2016-08-31 | 2018-03-08 | Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. | Systems and methods of enabling retail shopping while disabling components based on location |
US10271043B2 (en) | 2016-11-18 | 2019-04-23 | Zspace, Inc. | 3D user interface—360-degree visualization of 2D webpage content |
US10127715B2 (en) * | 2016-11-18 | 2018-11-13 | Zspace, Inc. | 3D user interface—non-native stereoscopic image conversion |
US11003305B2 (en) * | 2016-11-18 | 2021-05-11 | Zspace, Inc. | 3D user interface |
US10621898B2 (en) * | 2016-11-23 | 2020-04-14 | Pure Depth Limited | Multi-layer display system for vehicle dash or the like |
GB2556910A (en) * | 2016-11-25 | 2018-06-13 | Nokia Technologies Oy | Virtual reality display |
US10170060B2 (en) * | 2016-12-27 | 2019-01-01 | Facebook Technologies, Llc | Interlaced liquid crystal display panel and backlight used in a head mounted display |
US11051061B2 (en) | 2016-12-31 | 2021-06-29 | Turner Broadcasting System, Inc. | Publishing a disparate live media output stream using pre-encoded media assets |
US11038932B2 (en) | 2016-12-31 | 2021-06-15 | Turner Broadcasting System, Inc. | System for establishing a shared media session for one or more client devices |
US11503352B2 (en) | 2016-12-31 | 2022-11-15 | Turner Broadcasting System, Inc. | Dynamic scheduling and channel creation based on external data |
US10856016B2 (en) | 2016-12-31 | 2020-12-01 | Turner Broadcasting System, Inc. | Publishing disparate live media output streams in mixed mode based on user selection |
US11134309B2 (en) | 2016-12-31 | 2021-09-28 | Turner Broadcasting System, Inc. | Creation of channels using pre-encoded media assets |
US10425700B2 (en) | 2016-12-31 | 2019-09-24 | Turner Broadcasting System, Inc. | Dynamic scheduling and channel creation based on real-time or near-real-time content context analysis |
US10965967B2 (en) | 2016-12-31 | 2021-03-30 | Turner Broadcasting System, Inc. | Publishing a disparate per-client live media output stream based on dynamic insertion of targeted non-programming content and customized programming content |
US10645462B2 (en) | 2016-12-31 | 2020-05-05 | Turner Broadcasting System, Inc. | Dynamic channel versioning in a broadcast air chain |
US10075753B2 (en) | 2016-12-31 | 2018-09-11 | Turner Broadcasting System, Inc. | Dynamic scheduling and channel creation based on user selection |
US10992973B2 (en) | 2016-12-31 | 2021-04-27 | Turner Broadcasting System, Inc. | Publishing a plurality of disparate live media output stream manifests using live input streams and pre-encoded media assets |
US11051074B2 (en) | 2016-12-31 | 2021-06-29 | Turner Broadcasting System, Inc. | Publishing disparate live media output streams using live input streams |
US11109086B2 (en) | 2016-12-31 | 2021-08-31 | Turner Broadcasting System, Inc. | Publishing disparate live media output streams in mixed mode |
US10694231B2 (en) | 2016-12-31 | 2020-06-23 | Turner Broadcasting System, Inc. | Dynamic channel versioning in a broadcast air chain based on user preferences |
CN108287679A (en) * | 2017-01-10 | 2018-07-17 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | A kind of display characteristic parameter adjusting method and terminal |
CN106710531B (en) * | 2017-01-19 | 2019-11-05 | 深圳市华星光电技术有限公司 | Backlight control circuit and electronic device |
US11044464B2 (en) * | 2017-02-09 | 2021-06-22 | Fyusion, Inc. | Dynamic content modification of image and video based multi-view interactive digital media representations |
US10650416B1 (en) * | 2017-02-17 | 2020-05-12 | Sprint Communications Company L.P. | Live production interface and response testing |
US10210833B2 (en) * | 2017-03-31 | 2019-02-19 | Panasonic Liquid Crystal Display Co., Ltd. | Display device |
US10078135B1 (en) * | 2017-04-25 | 2018-09-18 | Intel Corporation | Identifying a physical distance using audio channels |
JP7089583B2 (en) | 2017-05-14 | 2022-06-22 | レイア、インコーポレイテッド | Multi-view backlight, display, and method with active emitter |
US10375375B2 (en) | 2017-05-15 | 2019-08-06 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Method of providing fixed region information or offset region information for subtitle in virtual reality system and device for controlling the same |
FR3066672B1 (en) * | 2017-05-19 | 2020-05-22 | Sagemcom Broadband Sas | METHOD FOR COMMUNICATING AN IMMERSIVE VIDEO |
US10939169B2 (en) | 2017-05-25 | 2021-03-02 | Turner Broadcasting System, Inc. | Concurrent presentation of non-programming media assets with programming media content at client device |
CN116666814A (en) | 2017-05-30 | 2023-08-29 | 奇跃公司 | Power supply assembly with fan assembly for electronic device |
WO2018231258A1 (en) * | 2017-06-16 | 2018-12-20 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Generating user interface containers |
CN107146573B (en) * | 2017-06-26 | 2020-05-01 | 上海天马有机发光显示技术有限公司 | Display panel, display method thereof and display device |
EP3422151A1 (en) * | 2017-06-30 | 2019-01-02 | Nokia Technologies Oy | Methods, apparatus, systems, computer programs for enabling consumption of virtual content for mediated reality |
US20190026004A1 (en) * | 2017-07-18 | 2019-01-24 | Chicago Labs, LLC | Three Dimensional Icons for Computer Applications |
IL271963B (en) | 2017-07-28 | 2022-08-01 | Magic Leap Inc | Fan assembly for displaying an image |
CN107396087B (en) * | 2017-07-31 | 2019-03-12 | 京东方科技集团股份有限公司 | Naked eye three-dimensional display device and its control method |
US10692279B2 (en) * | 2017-07-31 | 2020-06-23 | Quantum Spatial, Inc. | Systems and methods for facilitating making partial selections of multidimensional information while maintaining a multidimensional structure |
US11049218B2 (en) | 2017-08-11 | 2021-06-29 | Samsung Electronics Company, Ltd. | Seamless image stitching |
US10515397B2 (en) * | 2017-09-08 | 2019-12-24 | Uptown Network LLC | System and method for facilitating virtual gift giving |
CN107707901B (en) * | 2017-09-30 | 2019-10-25 | 深圳超多维科技有限公司 | It is a kind of for the display methods of naked eye 3D display screen, device and equipment |
CN108205411A (en) * | 2017-09-30 | 2018-06-26 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | Display changeover method and device, terminal |
US10777057B1 (en) * | 2017-11-30 | 2020-09-15 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Premises security system with audio simulating occupancy |
US10212532B1 (en) | 2017-12-13 | 2019-02-19 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Immersive media with media device |
EP3503579B1 (en) * | 2017-12-20 | 2022-03-23 | Nokia Technologies Oy | Multi-camera device |
US11132842B2 (en) * | 2017-12-22 | 2021-09-28 | Unity IPR ApS | Method and system for synchronizing a plurality of augmented reality devices to a virtual reality device |
JP2019154008A (en) * | 2018-03-06 | 2019-09-12 | シャープ株式会社 | Stereoscopic image display device, method for displaying liquid crystal display, and program for liquid crystal display |
CN108469682A (en) * | 2018-03-30 | 2018-08-31 | 京东方科技集团股份有限公司 | A kind of three-dimensional display apparatus and its 3 D displaying method |
CN108490703B (en) * | 2018-04-03 | 2021-10-15 | 京东方科技集团股份有限公司 | Display system and display control method thereof |
US11025892B1 (en) | 2018-04-04 | 2021-06-01 | James Andrew Aman | System and method for simultaneously providing public and private images |
US10523921B2 (en) * | 2018-04-06 | 2019-12-31 | Zspace, Inc. | Replacing 2D images with 3D images |
US10523922B2 (en) * | 2018-04-06 | 2019-12-31 | Zspace, Inc. | Identifying replacement 3D images for 2D images via ranking criteria |
WO2019199359A1 (en) | 2018-04-08 | 2019-10-17 | Dts, Inc. | Ambisonic depth extraction |
KR102406219B1 (en) * | 2018-04-11 | 2022-06-08 | 알카크루즈 인코포레이티드 | digital media system |
US10999573B2 (en) * | 2018-04-25 | 2021-05-04 | Raxium, Inc. | Partial light field display architecture |
WO2019207440A1 (en) | 2018-04-26 | 2019-10-31 | 株式会社半導体エネルギー研究所 | Display device and electronic apparatus |
EP3579584A1 (en) | 2018-06-07 | 2019-12-11 | Nokia Technologies Oy | Controlling rendering of a spatial audio scene |
US10600246B2 (en) * | 2018-06-15 | 2020-03-24 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Pinning virtual reality passthrough regions to real-world locations |
KR102506873B1 (en) * | 2018-07-18 | 2023-03-08 | 현대자동차주식회사 | Vehicle cluster having a three-dimensional effect, system having the same and method providing a three-dimensional scene thereof |
EP3832638A4 (en) * | 2018-07-27 | 2022-04-27 | Kyocera Corporation | Display device and mobile body |
US11212506B2 (en) | 2018-07-31 | 2021-12-28 | Intel Corporation | Reduced rendering of six-degree of freedom video |
US10762394B2 (en) | 2018-07-31 | 2020-09-01 | Intel Corporation | System and method for 3D blob classification and transmission |
US10893299B2 (en) | 2018-07-31 | 2021-01-12 | Intel Corporation | Surface normal vector processing mechanism |
US11178373B2 (en) | 2018-07-31 | 2021-11-16 | Intel Corporation | Adaptive resolution of point cloud and viewpoint prediction for video streaming in computing environments |
US10887574B2 (en) | 2018-07-31 | 2021-01-05 | Intel Corporation | Selective packing of patches for immersive video |
US10757324B2 (en) | 2018-08-03 | 2020-08-25 | Semiconductor Components Industries, Llc | Transform processors for gradually switching between image transforms |
US11057631B2 (en) | 2018-10-10 | 2021-07-06 | Intel Corporation | Point cloud coding standard conformance definition in computing environments |
US11727859B2 (en) | 2018-10-25 | 2023-08-15 | Boe Technology Group Co., Ltd. | Display panel and display device |
CN109192136B (en) * | 2018-10-25 | 2020-12-22 | 京东方科技集团股份有限公司 | Display substrate, light field display device and driving method thereof |
KR102023905B1 (en) * | 2018-11-09 | 2019-11-04 | 전자부품연구원 | Electronic device and method for multi-channel reproduction of tiled image |
US10880534B2 (en) * | 2018-11-09 | 2020-12-29 | Korea Electronics Technology Institute | Electronic device and method for tiled video multi-channel playback |
US10699673B2 (en) * | 2018-11-19 | 2020-06-30 | Facebook Technologies, Llc | Apparatus, systems, and methods for local dimming in brightness-controlled environments |
US10880606B2 (en) | 2018-12-21 | 2020-12-29 | Turner Broadcasting System, Inc. | Disparate live media output stream playout and broadcast distribution |
US11082734B2 (en) | 2018-12-21 | 2021-08-03 | Turner Broadcasting System, Inc. | Publishing a disparate live media output stream that complies with distribution format regulations |
US10873774B2 (en) | 2018-12-22 | 2020-12-22 | Turner Broadcasting System, Inc. | Publishing a disparate live media output stream manifest that includes one or more media segments corresponding to key events |
CN109725819B (en) * | 2018-12-25 | 2022-12-13 | 浙江玖炫智能信息技术有限公司 | Interface display method and device, double-screen double-system terminal and readable storage medium |
US10854171B2 (en) | 2018-12-31 | 2020-12-01 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Multi-user personal display system and applications thereof |
EP3687166A1 (en) * | 2019-01-23 | 2020-07-29 | Ultra-D Coöperatief U.A. | Interoperable 3d image content handling |
CN109686303B (en) * | 2019-01-28 | 2021-09-17 | 厦门天马微电子有限公司 | Organic light-emitting display panel, organic light-emitting display device and compensation method |
JP7317517B2 (en) * | 2019-02-12 | 2023-07-31 | 株式会社ジャパンディスプレイ | Display device |
US10932080B2 (en) | 2019-02-14 | 2021-02-23 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Multi-sensor object tracking for modifying audio |
CN110007475A (en) * | 2019-04-17 | 2019-07-12 | 万维云视(上海)数码科技有限公司 | Utilize the method and apparatus of virtual depth compensation eyesight |
US10504453B1 (en) | 2019-04-18 | 2019-12-10 | Apple Inc. | Displays with adjustable direct-lit backlight units |
US10571744B1 (en) | 2019-04-18 | 2020-02-25 | Apple Inc. | Displays with adjustable direct-lit backlight units and power consumption compensation |
US10964275B2 (en) | 2019-04-18 | 2021-03-30 | Apple Inc. | Displays with adjustable direct-lit backlight units and adaptive processing |
US20220068185A1 (en) * | 2019-04-29 | 2022-03-03 | Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. | Wireless configuration of display attribute |
CN110262051B (en) * | 2019-07-26 | 2023-12-29 | 成都工业学院 | Retroreflective stereoscopic display device based on directional light source |
EP3779612A1 (en) * | 2019-08-16 | 2021-02-17 | The Swatch Group Research and Development Ltd | Method for broadcasting a message to the wearer of a watch |
CN112394845B (en) * | 2019-08-19 | 2024-03-01 | 北京小米移动软件有限公司 | Distance sensor module, display device, electronic equipment and distance detection method |
US11335095B1 (en) * | 2019-08-27 | 2022-05-17 | Gopro, Inc. | Systems and methods for characterizing visual content |
EP4025953A4 (en) * | 2019-09-03 | 2023-10-04 | Light Field Lab, Inc. | Light field display system for gaming environments |
CN111415629B (en) * | 2020-04-28 | 2022-02-22 | Tcl华星光电技术有限公司 | Display device driving method and display device |
US11750795B2 (en) | 2020-05-12 | 2023-09-05 | Apple Inc. | Displays with viewer tracking |
US11936844B1 (en) | 2020-08-11 | 2024-03-19 | Apple Inc. | Pre-processing in a display pipeline |
CN112505942B (en) * | 2021-02-03 | 2021-04-20 | 成都工业学院 | Multi-resolution stereoscopic display device based on rear projection light source |
CN113992885B (en) * | 2021-09-22 | 2023-03-21 | 联想(北京)有限公司 | Data synchronization method and device |
NL2030325B1 (en) * | 2021-12-28 | 2023-07-03 | Dimenco Holding B V | Scaling of three-dimensional content for an autostereoscopic display device |
KR20230112485A (en) * | 2022-01-20 | 2023-07-27 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Display device and operating method thereof |
CN114936002A (en) * | 2022-06-10 | 2022-08-23 | 斑马网络技术有限公司 | Interface display method and device and vehicle |
Citations (100)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US4829365A (en) * | 1986-03-07 | 1989-05-09 | Dimension Technologies, Inc. | Autostereoscopic display with illuminating lines, light valve and mask |
US5493427A (en) * | 1993-05-25 | 1996-02-20 | Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha | Three-dimensional display unit with a variable lens |
US5615046A (en) * | 1995-01-23 | 1997-03-25 | Cyber Scientific Inc. | Stereoscopic viewing system |
US5855425A (en) * | 1996-07-19 | 1999-01-05 | Sanyo Electric Co., Ltd. | Stereoscopic display |
US5945965A (en) * | 1995-06-29 | 1999-08-31 | Canon Kabushiki Kaisha | Stereoscopic image display method |
US5959597A (en) * | 1995-09-28 | 1999-09-28 | Sony Corporation | Image/audio reproducing system |
US5969850A (en) * | 1996-09-27 | 1999-10-19 | Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha | Spatial light modulator, directional display and directional light source |
US5990975A (en) * | 1996-11-22 | 1999-11-23 | Acer Peripherals, Inc. | Dual screen displaying device |
US6023277A (en) * | 1996-07-03 | 2000-02-08 | Canon Kabushiki Kaisha | Display control apparatus and method |
US6049424A (en) * | 1995-11-15 | 2000-04-11 | Sanyo Electric Co., Ltd. | Three dimensional display device |
US6094216A (en) * | 1995-05-22 | 2000-07-25 | Canon Kabushiki Kaisha | Stereoscopic image display method, and stereoscopic image display apparatus using the method |
US6144375A (en) * | 1998-08-14 | 2000-11-07 | Praja Inc. | Multi-perspective viewer for content-based interactivity |
US6188442B1 (en) * | 1997-08-01 | 2001-02-13 | International Business Machines Corporation | Multiviewer display system for television monitors |
US6285368B1 (en) * | 1997-02-10 | 2001-09-04 | Canon Kabushiki Kaisha | Image display system and image display apparatus and information processing apparatus in the system |
US20020010798A1 (en) * | 2000-04-20 | 2002-01-24 | Israel Ben-Shaul | Differentiated content and application delivery via internet |
US20020037037A1 (en) * | 2000-09-22 | 2002-03-28 | Philips Electronics North America Corporation | Preferred transmission/streaming order of fine-granular scalability |
US20020113867A1 (en) * | 1997-02-20 | 2002-08-22 | Tomoshi Takigawa | Stereoscopic image display apparatus for detecting viewpoint position and forming stereoscopic image while following up viewpoint position |
US20020167862A1 (en) * | 2001-04-03 | 2002-11-14 | Carlo Tomasi | Method and apparatus for approximating a source position of a sound-causing event for determining an input used in operating an electronic device |
US20020171666A1 (en) * | 1999-02-19 | 2002-11-21 | Takaaki Endo | Image processing apparatus for interpolating and generating images from an arbitrary view point |
US20030012425A1 (en) * | 1998-11-12 | 2003-01-16 | Canon Kabushiki Kaisha | Viewpoint position detection apparatus and method, and stereoscopic image display system |
US20030103165A1 (en) * | 2000-05-19 | 2003-06-05 | Werner Bullinger | System for operating a consumer electronics appaliance |
US20030137506A1 (en) * | 2001-11-30 | 2003-07-24 | Daniel Efran | Image-based rendering for 3D viewing |
US20030154261A1 (en) * | 1994-10-17 | 2003-08-14 | The Regents Of The University Of California, A Corporation Of The State Of California | Distributed hypermedia method and system for automatically invoking external application providing interaction and display of embedded objects within a hypermedia document |
US20030223499A1 (en) * | 2002-04-09 | 2003-12-04 | Nicholas Routhier | Process and system for encoding and playback of stereoscopic video sequences |
US20040027452A1 (en) * | 2002-08-07 | 2004-02-12 | Yun Kug Jin | Method and apparatus for multiplexing multi-view three-dimensional moving picture |
US6697687B1 (en) * | 1998-11-09 | 2004-02-24 | Hitachi, Ltd. | Image display apparatus having audio output control means in accordance with image signal type |
US20040036763A1 (en) * | 1994-11-14 | 2004-02-26 | Swift David C. | Intelligent method and system for producing and displaying stereoscopically-multiplexed images of three-dimensional objects for use in realistic stereoscopic viewing thereof in interactive virtual reality display environments |
US20040041747A1 (en) * | 2002-08-27 | 2004-03-04 | Nec Corporation | 3D image/2D image switching display apparatus and portable terminal device |
US6710920B1 (en) * | 1998-03-27 | 2004-03-23 | Sanyo Electric Co., Ltd | Stereoscopic display |
US20040109093A1 (en) * | 2002-12-05 | 2004-06-10 | Small-Stryker Aaron Tug | Method and apparatus for simultaneous television video presentation and separate viewing of different broadcasts |
US20040141237A1 (en) * | 1995-06-07 | 2004-07-22 | Wohlstadter Jacob N. | Three dimensional imaging system |
US20040164292A1 (en) * | 2003-02-21 | 2004-08-26 | Yeh-Jiun Tung | Transflective display having an OLED backlight |
US20040239231A1 (en) * | 2002-10-30 | 2004-12-02 | Keisuke Miyagawa | Display device and electronic equipment |
US20040252187A1 (en) * | 2001-09-10 | 2004-12-16 | Alden Ray M. | Processes and apparatuses for efficient multiple program and 3D display |
US20050073472A1 (en) * | 2003-07-26 | 2005-04-07 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Method of removing Moire pattern in 3D image display apparatus using complete parallax |
US20050128353A1 (en) * | 2003-12-16 | 2005-06-16 | Young Bruce A. | System and method for using second remote control device for sub-picture control in television receiver |
US20050185281A1 (en) * | 2003-12-04 | 2005-08-25 | New York University | Eye tracked foveal display by controlled illumination |
US20050237487A1 (en) * | 2004-04-23 | 2005-10-27 | Chang Nelson L A | Color wheel assembly for stereoscopic imaging |
US20050248561A1 (en) * | 2002-04-25 | 2005-11-10 | Norio Ito | Multimedia information generation method and multimedia information reproduction device |
US20050259147A1 (en) * | 2002-07-16 | 2005-11-24 | Nam Jeho | Apparatus and method for adapting 2d and 3d stereoscopic video signal |
US20060050785A1 (en) * | 2004-09-09 | 2006-03-09 | Nucore Technology Inc. | Inserting a high resolution still image into a lower resolution video stream |
US7030903B2 (en) * | 1997-02-20 | 2006-04-18 | Canon Kabushiki Kaisha | Image display system, information processing apparatus, and method of controlling the same |
US20060087556A1 (en) * | 2004-10-21 | 2006-04-27 | Kazunari Era | Stereoscopic image display device |
US7038698B1 (en) * | 1996-02-08 | 2006-05-02 | Palm Charles S | 3D stereo browser for the internet |
US20060109242A1 (en) * | 2004-11-19 | 2006-05-25 | Simpkins Daniel S | User interface for impaired users |
US20060139490A1 (en) * | 2004-12-15 | 2006-06-29 | Fekkes Wilhelmus F | Synchronizing audio with delayed video |
US20060139448A1 (en) * | 2004-12-29 | 2006-06-29 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | 3D displays with flexible switching capability of 2D/3D viewing modes |
US7091471B2 (en) * | 2004-03-15 | 2006-08-15 | Agilent Technologies, Inc. | Using eye detection for providing control and power management of electronic devices |
US7123213B2 (en) * | 1995-10-05 | 2006-10-17 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Three dimensional display unit and display method |
US20060244918A1 (en) * | 2005-04-27 | 2006-11-02 | Actuality Systems, Inc. | Minimized-thickness angular scanner of electromagnetic radiation |
US20060256302A1 (en) * | 2005-05-13 | 2006-11-16 | Microsoft Corporation | Three-dimensional (3D) image projection |
US20060256136A1 (en) * | 2001-10-01 | 2006-11-16 | Adobe Systems Incorporated, A Delaware Corporation | Compositing two-dimensional and three-dimensional image layers |
US20060271791A1 (en) * | 2005-05-27 | 2006-11-30 | Sbc Knowledge Ventures, L.P. | Method and system for biometric based access control of media content presentation devices |
US20070002041A1 (en) * | 2005-07-02 | 2007-01-04 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Method and apparatus for encoding/decoding video data to implement local three-dimensional video |
US20070008620A1 (en) * | 2005-07-11 | 2007-01-11 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Switchable autostereoscopic display |
US20070008406A1 (en) * | 2005-07-08 | 2007-01-11 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | High resolution 2D-3D switchable autostereoscopic display apparatus |
US20070052807A1 (en) * | 2005-09-07 | 2007-03-08 | Fuji Xerox Co., Ltd. | System and method for user monitoring interface of 3-D video streams from multiple cameras |
US7190518B1 (en) * | 1996-01-22 | 2007-03-13 | 3Ality, Inc. | Systems for and methods of three dimensional viewing |
US20070072674A1 (en) * | 2005-09-12 | 2007-03-29 | Nintendo Co., Ltd. | Information processing program |
US20070085814A1 (en) * | 2003-09-20 | 2007-04-19 | Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. | Image display device |
US20070096125A1 (en) * | 2005-06-24 | 2007-05-03 | Uwe Vogel | Illumination device |
US20070097103A1 (en) * | 2003-09-11 | 2007-05-03 | Shoji Yoshioka | Portable display device |
US20070097208A1 (en) * | 2003-05-28 | 2007-05-03 | Satoshi Takemoto | Stereoscopic image display apparatus, text data processing apparatus, program, and storing medium |
US20070139371A1 (en) * | 2005-04-04 | 2007-06-21 | Harsham Bret A | Control system and method for differentiating multiple users utilizing multi-view display devices |
US20070146267A1 (en) * | 2005-12-22 | 2007-06-28 | Lg.Philips Lcd Co., Ltd. | Display device and method of driving the same |
US20070147827A1 (en) * | 2005-12-28 | 2007-06-28 | Arnold Sheynman | Methods and apparatus for wireless stereo video streaming |
US20070153916A1 (en) * | 2005-12-30 | 2007-07-05 | Sharp Laboratories Of America, Inc. | Wireless video transmission system |
US20070162392A1 (en) * | 2006-01-12 | 2007-07-12 | Microsoft Corporation | Management of Streaming Content |
US20070270218A1 (en) * | 2006-05-08 | 2007-11-22 | Nintendo Co., Ltd. | Storage medium having game program stored thereon and game apparatus |
US20070296874A1 (en) * | 2004-10-20 | 2007-12-27 | Fujitsu Ten Limited | Display Device,Method of Adjusting the Image Quality of the Display Device, Device for Adjusting the Image Quality and Device for Adjusting the Contrast |
US20080025390A1 (en) * | 2006-07-25 | 2008-01-31 | Fang Shi | Adaptive video frame interpolation |
US20080037120A1 (en) * | 2006-08-08 | 2008-02-14 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd | High resolution 2d/3d switchable display apparatus |
US20080043644A1 (en) * | 2006-08-18 | 2008-02-21 | Microsoft Corporation | Techniques to perform rate matching for multimedia conference calls |
US20080043096A1 (en) * | 2006-04-04 | 2008-02-21 | Anthony Vetro | Method and System for Decoding and Displaying 3D Light Fields |
US20080068329A1 (en) * | 2006-09-15 | 2008-03-20 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Multi-view autostereoscopic display with improved resolution |
US7359105B2 (en) * | 2006-02-07 | 2008-04-15 | Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha | Spatial light modulator and a display device |
US20080126557A1 (en) * | 2006-09-08 | 2008-05-29 | Tetsuro Motoyama | System, method, and computer program product using an SNMP implementation to obtain vendor information from remote devices |
US20080133122A1 (en) * | 2006-03-29 | 2008-06-05 | Sanyo Electric Co., Ltd. | Multiple visual display device and vehicle-mounted navigation system |
US20080150853A1 (en) * | 2006-12-22 | 2008-06-26 | Hong Kong Applied Science and Technology Research Institute Company Limited | Backlight device and liquid crystal display incorporating the backlight device |
US20080168129A1 (en) * | 2007-01-08 | 2008-07-10 | Jeffrey Robbin | Pairing a Media Server and a Media Client |
US20080165176A1 (en) * | 2006-09-28 | 2008-07-10 | Charles Jens Archer | Method of Video Display and Multiplayer Gaming |
US20080184301A1 (en) * | 1999-10-29 | 2008-07-31 | Boylan Peter C | Interactive television system with programming-related links |
US20080191964A1 (en) * | 2005-04-22 | 2008-08-14 | Koninklijke Philips Electronics, N.V. | Auto-Stereoscopic Display With Mixed Mode For Concurrent Display of Two- and Three-Dimensional Images |
US20080192112A1 (en) * | 2005-03-18 | 2008-08-14 | Ntt Data Sanyo System Corporation | Stereoscopic Image Display Apparatus, Stereoscopic Image Displaying Method And Computer Program Product |
US20080204550A1 (en) * | 2005-04-29 | 2008-08-28 | Koninklijke Philips Electronics, N.V. | Stereoscopic Display Apparatus |
US20080246757A1 (en) * | 2005-04-25 | 2008-10-09 | Masahiro Ito | 3D Image Generation and Display System |
US7440193B2 (en) * | 2004-04-30 | 2008-10-21 | Gunasekaran R Alfred | Wide-angle variable focal length lens system |
US20080259233A1 (en) * | 2005-12-20 | 2008-10-23 | Koninklijke Philips Electronics, N.V. | Autostereoscopic Display Device |
US20080273242A1 (en) * | 2003-09-30 | 2008-11-06 | Graham John Woodgate | Directional Display Apparatus |
US20080284844A1 (en) * | 2003-02-05 | 2008-11-20 | Graham John Woodgate | Switchable Lens |
US20080303832A1 (en) * | 2007-06-11 | 2008-12-11 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Method of generating two-dimensional/three-dimensional convertible stereoscopic image bitstream and method and apparatus for displaying the same |
US20090002178A1 (en) * | 2007-06-29 | 2009-01-01 | Microsoft Corporation | Dynamic mood sensing |
US20090010264A1 (en) * | 2006-03-21 | 2009-01-08 | Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. | Method and System for Ensuring QoS and SLA Server |
US20090051759A1 (en) * | 2005-05-27 | 2009-02-26 | Adkins Sean M | Equipment and methods for the synchronization of stereoscopic projection displays |
US20090052164A1 (en) * | 2007-08-24 | 2009-02-26 | Masako Kashiwagi | Directional backlight, display apparatus, and stereoscopic display apparatus |
US20090058845A1 (en) * | 2004-10-20 | 2009-03-05 | Yasuhiro Fukuda | Display device |
US7511774B2 (en) * | 2005-11-30 | 2009-03-31 | Samsung Mobile Display Co., Ltd. | Three-dimensional display device |
US20090102915A1 (en) * | 2005-04-25 | 2009-04-23 | Svyatoslav Ivanovich Arsenich | Stereoprojection system |
US20090115800A1 (en) * | 2005-01-18 | 2009-05-07 | Koninklijke Philips Electronics, N.V. | Multi-view display device |
US20090115783A1 (en) * | 2007-11-02 | 2009-05-07 | Dimension Technologies, Inc. | 3d optical illusions from off-axis displays |
Family Cites Families (163)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JPS56109649A (en) | 1980-02-05 | 1981-08-31 | Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd | Ultrasonic diagnosing device |
JPH05122733A (en) * | 1991-10-28 | 1993-05-18 | Nippon Hoso Kyokai <Nhk> | Three-dimensional picture display device |
US6590605B1 (en) | 1998-10-14 | 2003-07-08 | Dimension Technologies, Inc. | Autostereoscopic display |
US6533420B1 (en) | 1999-01-22 | 2003-03-18 | Dimension Technologies, Inc. | Apparatus and method for generating and projecting autostereoscopic images |
US6591306B1 (en) * | 1999-04-01 | 2003-07-08 | Nec Corporation | IP network access for portable devices |
US8271336B2 (en) | 1999-11-22 | 2012-09-18 | Accenture Global Services Gmbh | Increased visibility during order management in a network-based supply chain environment |
US7389214B1 (en) | 2000-05-01 | 2008-06-17 | Accenture, Llp | Category analysis in a market management |
AU2001266862A1 (en) * | 2000-06-12 | 2001-12-24 | Vrex, Inc. | Electronic stereoscopic media delivery system |
US6856581B1 (en) | 2000-10-31 | 2005-02-15 | International Business Machines Corporation | Batteryless, oscillatorless, binary time cell usable as an horological device with associated programming methods and devices |
WO2002037471A2 (en) | 2000-11-03 | 2002-05-10 | Zoesis, Inc. | Interactive character system |
DE10103922A1 (en) | 2001-01-30 | 2002-08-01 | Physoptics Opto Electronic Gmb | Interactive data viewing and operating system |
US20020194604A1 (en) | 2001-06-19 | 2002-12-19 | Sanchez Elizabeth C. | Interactive television virtual shopping cart |
JP2003322824A (en) * | 2002-02-26 | 2003-11-14 | Namco Ltd | Stereoscopic video display device and electronic apparatus |
JP3738843B2 (en) | 2002-06-11 | 2006-01-25 | ソニー株式会社 | Image detection apparatus, image detection method, and image detection program |
JP2004072202A (en) | 2002-08-01 | 2004-03-04 | Ktfreetel Co Ltd | Separate billing method of communication utility charge and apparatus therefor |
US20080008202A1 (en) | 2002-10-31 | 2008-01-10 | Terrell William C | Router with routing processors and methods for virtualization |
US7769668B2 (en) * | 2002-12-09 | 2010-08-03 | Sam Balabon | System and method for facilitating trading of financial instruments |
US8799366B2 (en) | 2002-12-11 | 2014-08-05 | Broadcom Corporation | Migration of stored media through a media exchange network |
US8270810B2 (en) | 2002-12-11 | 2012-09-18 | Broadcom Corporation | Method and system for advertisement insertion and playback for STB with PVR functionality |
CA2457602A1 (en) | 2003-02-19 | 2004-08-19 | Impatica Inc. | Method of synchronizing streams of real time data |
US8438601B2 (en) | 2003-07-02 | 2013-05-07 | Rovi Solutions Corporation | Resource management for a networked personal video recording system |
US7557876B2 (en) * | 2003-07-25 | 2009-07-07 | Nitto Denko Corporation | Anisotropic fluorescent thin crystal film and backlight system and liquid crystal display incorporating the same |
GB0326005D0 (en) | 2003-11-07 | 2003-12-10 | Koninkl Philips Electronics Nv | Waveguide for autostereoscopic display |
US8154686B2 (en) | 2004-01-20 | 2012-04-10 | Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha | Directional backlight, a multiple view display and a multi-direction display |
JP2008522226A (en) | 2004-11-30 | 2008-06-26 | アグーラ テクノロジーズ インコーポレイテッド | Application and fabrication technology of large-scale wire grid polarizer |
KR100786862B1 (en) | 2004-11-30 | 2007-12-20 | 삼성에스디아이 주식회사 | Barrier device, three dimensional image display using the same and method thereof |
WO2006061801A1 (en) | 2004-12-10 | 2006-06-15 | Koninklijke Philips Electronics, N.V. | Wireless video streaming using single layer coding and prioritized streaming |
JP4600317B2 (en) | 2005-03-31 | 2010-12-15 | カシオ計算機株式会社 | Illumination device that emits at least two illumination lights having directivity and display device using the same |
KR100732961B1 (en) | 2005-04-01 | 2007-06-27 | 경희대학교 산학협력단 | Multiview scalable image encoding, decoding method and its apparatus |
KR100661241B1 (en) * | 2005-05-16 | 2006-12-22 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Fabrication method of optical sheet |
GB2426351A (en) * | 2005-05-19 | 2006-11-22 | Sharp Kk | A dual view display |
KR100813961B1 (en) * | 2005-06-14 | 2008-03-14 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving of video, and transport stream structure thereof |
JP5091857B2 (en) | 2005-06-30 | 2012-12-05 | コーニンクレッカ フィリップス エレクトロニクス エヌ ヴィ | System control method |
KR100647517B1 (en) | 2005-08-26 | 2006-11-23 | (주)마스터이미지 | Cell type parallax-barrier and stereoscopic image display apparatus using the same |
JP5112326B2 (en) | 2005-11-02 | 2013-01-09 | コーニンクレッカ フィリップス エレクトロニクス エヌ ヴィ | Optical system for 3D display |
US20070110035A1 (en) | 2005-11-14 | 2007-05-17 | Broadcom Corporation, A California Corporation | Network nodes cooperatively routing traffic flow amongst wired and wireless networks |
JP5121136B2 (en) * | 2005-11-28 | 2013-01-16 | 株式会社ジャパンディスプレイウェスト | Image display device, electronic device, portable device, and image display method |
KR100739067B1 (en) | 2005-11-30 | 2007-07-12 | 삼성에스디아이 주식회사 | Three-dimensional display device |
US8493440B2 (en) * | 2005-12-20 | 2013-07-23 | Koninklijke Philips N.V. | Autostereoscopic display device |
US20070153122A1 (en) | 2005-12-30 | 2007-07-05 | Ayite Nii A | Apparatus and method for simultaneous multiple video channel viewing |
US8233034B2 (en) | 2006-02-10 | 2012-07-31 | Reald Inc. | Multi-functional active matrix liquid crystal displays |
US20070225994A1 (en) | 2006-03-17 | 2007-09-27 | Moore Barrett H | Method for Providing Private Civil Security Services Bundled with Second Party Products |
US8310533B2 (en) | 2006-03-27 | 2012-11-13 | GE Sensing & Inspection Technologies, LP | Inspection apparatus for inspecting articles |
US8466954B2 (en) | 2006-04-03 | 2013-06-18 | Sony Computer Entertainment Inc. | Screen sharing method and apparatus |
KR100893616B1 (en) | 2006-04-17 | 2009-04-20 | 삼성모바일디스플레이주식회사 | Electronic imaging device, 2d/3d image display device and the driving method thereof |
KR101255210B1 (en) * | 2006-05-04 | 2013-04-23 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Multiview autostereoscopic display |
TWI378747B (en) | 2006-08-18 | 2012-12-01 | Ind Tech Res Inst | Flexible electronic assembly |
US20110090413A1 (en) | 2006-08-18 | 2011-04-21 | Industrial Technology Research Institute | 3-dimensional image display |
US7844547B2 (en) | 2006-08-21 | 2010-11-30 | Carl Raymond Amos | Uncle gem IV, universal automatic instant money, data and precious metal and stone transfer machine |
WO2008038068A1 (en) | 2006-09-25 | 2008-04-03 | Nokia Corporation | Supporting a 3d presentation |
JP4669482B2 (en) * | 2006-09-29 | 2011-04-13 | セイコーエプソン株式会社 | Display device, image processing method, and electronic apparatus |
US20080086685A1 (en) | 2006-10-05 | 2008-04-10 | James Janky | Method for delivering tailored asset information to a device |
US8645176B2 (en) | 2006-10-05 | 2014-02-04 | Trimble Navigation Limited | Utilizing historical data in an asset management environment |
US20080086391A1 (en) | 2006-10-05 | 2008-04-10 | Kurt Maynard | Impromptu asset tracking |
US7640223B2 (en) | 2006-11-16 | 2009-12-29 | University Of Tennessee Research Foundation | Method of organizing and presenting data in a table using stutter peak rule |
US7586681B2 (en) | 2006-11-29 | 2009-09-08 | Honeywell International Inc. | Directional display |
TW200834151A (en) | 2006-11-30 | 2008-08-16 | Westar Display Technologies Inc | Motion artifact measurement for display devices |
JP4285532B2 (en) | 2006-12-01 | 2009-06-24 | ソニー株式会社 | Backlight control device, backlight control method, and liquid crystal display device |
US8248462B2 (en) * | 2006-12-15 | 2012-08-21 | The Board Of Trustees Of The University Of Illinois | Dynamic parallax barrier autosteroscopic display system and method |
JP4686795B2 (en) * | 2006-12-27 | 2011-05-25 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Image generating apparatus and image reproducing apparatus |
US7924456B1 (en) | 2007-01-12 | 2011-04-12 | Broadbus Technologies, Inc. | Data distribution and buffering |
CN101013559A (en) | 2007-01-30 | 2007-08-08 | 京东方科技集团股份有限公司 | LED brightness control circuit and backlight of LCD |
JP4255032B2 (en) | 2007-03-15 | 2009-04-15 | 富士通テン株式会社 | Display device and display method |
US7917853B2 (en) | 2007-03-21 | 2011-03-29 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | System and method of presenting media content |
US8269822B2 (en) | 2007-04-03 | 2012-09-18 | Sony Computer Entertainment America, LLC | Display viewing system and methods for optimizing display view based on active tracking |
US8600932B2 (en) | 2007-05-07 | 2013-12-03 | Trimble Navigation Limited | Telematic asset microfluidic analysis |
GB0709134D0 (en) * | 2007-05-11 | 2007-06-20 | Surman Philip | Multi-user autostereoscopic Display |
GB0709411D0 (en) | 2007-05-16 | 2007-06-27 | Barco Nv | Methods and systems for stereoscopic imaging |
TWI466093B (en) | 2007-06-26 | 2014-12-21 | Apple Inc | Management techniques for video playback |
KR101400285B1 (en) * | 2007-08-03 | 2014-05-30 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Front light unit and flat display apparatus employing the same |
US7911442B2 (en) | 2007-08-27 | 2011-03-22 | Au Optronics Corporation | Dynamic color gamut of LED backlight |
KR101362647B1 (en) | 2007-09-07 | 2014-02-12 | 삼성전자주식회사 | System and method for generating and palying three dimensional image file including two dimensional image |
US7881976B2 (en) * | 2007-09-27 | 2011-02-01 | Virgin Mobile Usa, L.P. | Apparatus, methods and systems for discounted referral and recommendation of electronic content |
GB2453323A (en) | 2007-10-01 | 2009-04-08 | Sharp Kk | Flexible backlight arrangement and display |
TWI354115B (en) * | 2007-10-05 | 2011-12-11 | Ind Tech Res Inst | Three-dimensional display apparatus |
US8416247B2 (en) * | 2007-10-09 | 2013-04-09 | Sony Computer Entertaiment America Inc. | Increasing the number of advertising impressions in an interactive environment |
US8031175B2 (en) | 2008-04-21 | 2011-10-04 | Panasonic Corporation | Touch sensitive remote control system that detects hand size characteristics of user and adapts mapping to screen display |
US8121191B1 (en) | 2007-11-13 | 2012-02-21 | Harmonic Inc. | AVC to SVC transcoder |
JP4956520B2 (en) | 2007-11-13 | 2012-06-20 | ミツミ電機株式会社 | Backlight device and liquid crystal display device using the same |
KR101439845B1 (en) | 2007-11-16 | 2014-09-12 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Digital image processing apparatus |
JP2011504710A (en) | 2007-11-21 | 2011-02-10 | ジェスチャー テック,インコーポレイテッド | Media preferences |
CN101925915B (en) | 2007-11-21 | 2016-06-22 | 高通股份有限公司 | Equipment accesses and controls |
US20090138280A1 (en) | 2007-11-26 | 2009-05-28 | The General Electric Company | Multi-stepped default display protocols |
JP5236938B2 (en) | 2007-12-03 | 2013-07-17 | パナソニック株式会社 | Digital broadcast receiving apparatus, semiconductor integrated circuit, and digital broadcast receiving method |
TWI365302B (en) * | 2007-12-31 | 2012-06-01 | Ind Tech Res Inst | Stereo image display with switch function between horizontal display and vertical display |
US8339333B2 (en) | 2008-01-02 | 2012-12-25 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Methods of reducing perceived image crosstalk in a multiview display |
WO2009098622A2 (en) | 2008-02-08 | 2009-08-13 | Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. | Autostereoscopic display device |
KR101451565B1 (en) | 2008-02-13 | 2014-10-16 | 삼성전자 주식회사 | Autostereoscopic display system |
JP5642347B2 (en) | 2008-03-07 | 2014-12-17 | ミツミ電機株式会社 | LCD backlight device |
KR101488199B1 (en) * | 2008-03-12 | 2015-01-30 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Method and apparatus for processing and reproducing image, and computer readable medium thereof |
US20090237492A1 (en) | 2008-03-18 | 2009-09-24 | Invism, Inc. | Enhanced stereoscopic immersive video recording and viewing |
US20090244266A1 (en) | 2008-03-26 | 2009-10-01 | Thomas Carl Brigham | Enhanced Three Dimensional Television |
JP4925354B2 (en) | 2008-03-31 | 2012-04-25 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Image processing apparatus, image display apparatus, imaging apparatus, and image processing method |
GB0806183D0 (en) | 2008-04-04 | 2008-05-14 | Picsel Res Ltd | Presentation of objects in 3D displays |
US20090282429A1 (en) * | 2008-05-07 | 2009-11-12 | Sony Ericsson Mobile Communications Ab | Viewer tracking for displaying three dimensional views |
DE102008001644B4 (en) | 2008-05-08 | 2010-03-04 | Seereal Technologies S.A. | Device for displaying three-dimensional images |
US20090295791A1 (en) | 2008-05-29 | 2009-12-03 | Microsoft Corporation | Three-dimensional environment created from video |
CN101291415B (en) | 2008-05-30 | 2010-07-21 | 华为终端有限公司 | Method, apparatus and system for three-dimensional video communication |
US20090319625A1 (en) | 2008-06-20 | 2009-12-24 | Alcatel Lucent | Interactivity in a digital public signage network architecture |
TWI401658B (en) | 2008-07-18 | 2013-07-11 | Hannstar Display Corp | Gate line driving circuit of lcd panel |
JP5127633B2 (en) | 2008-08-25 | 2013-01-23 | 三菱電機株式会社 | Content playback apparatus and method |
US20100070987A1 (en) | 2008-09-12 | 2010-03-18 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Mining viewer responses to multimedia content |
JP2010074557A (en) | 2008-09-18 | 2010-04-02 | Toshiba Corp | Television receiver |
CN101861735B (en) | 2008-09-18 | 2013-08-21 | 松下电器产业株式会社 | Image decoding device, image encoding device, image decoding method, image encoding method |
KR20100033067A (en) | 2008-09-19 | 2010-03-29 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Image display apparatus and method for both 2d and 3d image |
KR101497511B1 (en) | 2008-09-19 | 2015-03-02 | 삼성전자주식회사 | APPARATUS FOR MULTIPLEXING 2 DIMENSIONAL and 3 DIMENSIONAL IMAGE AND VIDEO |
EP2395770A3 (en) | 2008-09-30 | 2013-09-25 | Panasonic Corporation | Recording medium, playback device, integrated circuit, playback method |
US20100107184A1 (en) | 2008-10-23 | 2010-04-29 | Peter Rae Shintani | TV with eye detection |
US8752087B2 (en) | 2008-11-07 | 2014-06-10 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | System and method for dynamically constructing personalized contextual video programs |
KR20110097879A (en) | 2008-11-24 | 2011-08-31 | 코닌클리케 필립스 일렉트로닉스 엔.브이. | Combining 3d video and auxiliary data |
US8103608B2 (en) | 2008-11-26 | 2012-01-24 | Microsoft Corporation | Reference model for data-driven analytics |
US20100128112A1 (en) | 2008-11-26 | 2010-05-27 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd | Immersive display system for interacting with three-dimensional content |
US20100135640A1 (en) | 2008-12-03 | 2010-06-03 | Dell Products L.P. | System and Method for Storing and Displaying 3-D Video Content |
US8209396B1 (en) | 2008-12-10 | 2012-06-26 | Howcast Media, Inc. | Video player |
CN102272778B (en) | 2009-01-07 | 2015-05-20 | 汤姆森特许公司 | Joint depth estimation |
WO2010095381A1 (en) | 2009-02-20 | 2010-08-26 | パナソニック株式会社 | Recording medium, reproduction device, and integrated circuit |
WO2010095440A1 (en) | 2009-02-20 | 2010-08-26 | パナソニック株式会社 | Recording medium, reproduction device, and integrated circuit |
US9565397B2 (en) | 2009-02-26 | 2017-02-07 | Akamai Technologies, Inc. | Deterministically skewing transmission of content streams |
US20100225576A1 (en) | 2009-03-03 | 2010-09-09 | Horizon Semiconductors Ltd. | Three-dimensional interactive system and method |
US8477175B2 (en) | 2009-03-09 | 2013-07-02 | Cisco Technology, Inc. | System and method for providing three dimensional imaging in a network environment |
US20100231511A1 (en) | 2009-03-10 | 2010-09-16 | David L. Henty | Interactive media system with multi-directional remote control and dual mode camera |
EP2409495A4 (en) | 2009-03-16 | 2013-02-06 | Lg Electronics Inc | A method of displaying three-dimensional image data and an apparatus of processing three-dimensional image data |
KR101427211B1 (en) * | 2009-03-27 | 2014-08-13 | 한국전자통신연구원 | Method and apparatus for generating and consuming multi-view image media file |
JP5695819B2 (en) | 2009-03-30 | 2015-04-08 | 日立マクセル株式会社 | TV operation method |
JP5542912B2 (en) | 2009-04-09 | 2014-07-09 | テレフオンアクチーボラゲット エル エム エリクソン(パブル) | Media container file management |
EP2425303B1 (en) | 2009-04-26 | 2019-01-16 | NIKE Innovate C.V. | Gps features and functionality in an athletic watch system |
US8315405B2 (en) | 2009-04-28 | 2012-11-20 | Bose Corporation | Coordinated ANR reference sound compression |
US8532310B2 (en) | 2010-03-30 | 2013-09-10 | Bose Corporation | Frequency-dependent ANR reference sound compression |
US20100280959A1 (en) | 2009-05-01 | 2010-11-04 | Darrel Stone | Real-time sourcing of service providers |
CN101983400B (en) | 2009-05-15 | 2013-07-17 | 株式会社东芝 | Image display device |
US8788676B2 (en) | 2009-05-22 | 2014-07-22 | Motorola Mobility Llc | Method and system for controlling data transmission to or from a mobile device |
US8704958B2 (en) | 2009-06-01 | 2014-04-22 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Image display device and operation method thereof |
US9237296B2 (en) | 2009-06-01 | 2016-01-12 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Image display apparatus and operating method thereof |
US20100309290A1 (en) | 2009-06-08 | 2010-12-09 | Stephen Brooks Myers | System for capture and display of stereoscopic content |
WO2010143820A2 (en) | 2009-06-08 | 2010-12-16 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Device and method for providing a three-dimensional pip image |
US8411746B2 (en) | 2009-06-12 | 2013-04-02 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Multiview video coding over MPEG-2 systems |
US20100321465A1 (en) | 2009-06-19 | 2010-12-23 | Dominique A Behrens Pa | Method, System and Computer Program Product for Mobile Telepresence Interactions |
CN102713738B (en) | 2009-08-07 | 2016-01-27 | 瑞尔D股份有限公司 | There is the stereoscopic flat panel display of continuous illumination backlight |
US8976871B2 (en) | 2009-09-16 | 2015-03-10 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Media extractor tracks for file format track selection |
US8446462B2 (en) | 2009-10-15 | 2013-05-21 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Method and system for time-multiplexed shared display |
US20110093882A1 (en) | 2009-10-21 | 2011-04-21 | Candelore Brant L | Parental control through the HDMI interface |
KR101600818B1 (en) * | 2009-11-06 | 2016-03-09 | 삼성디스플레이 주식회사 | 3 three dimensional optical module and display device including the same |
US8705624B2 (en) | 2009-11-24 | 2014-04-22 | STMicroelectronics International N. V. | Parallel decoding for scalable video coding |
US8335763B2 (en) | 2009-12-04 | 2012-12-18 | Microsoft Corporation | Concurrently presented data subfeeds |
US8462197B2 (en) | 2009-12-17 | 2013-06-11 | Motorola Mobility Llc | 3D video transforming device |
US20110153362A1 (en) | 2009-12-17 | 2011-06-23 | Valin David A | Method and mechanism for identifying protecting, requesting, assisting and managing information |
US8823782B2 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2014-09-02 | Broadcom Corporation | Remote control with integrated position, viewer identification and optical and audio test |
US9247286B2 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2016-01-26 | Broadcom Corporation | Frame formatting supporting mixed two and three dimensional video data communication |
US8854531B2 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2014-10-07 | Broadcom Corporation | Multiple remote controllers that each simultaneously controls a different visual presentation of a 2D/3D display |
US20110157322A1 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2011-06-30 | Broadcom Corporation | Controlling a pixel array to support an adaptable light manipulator |
US8384774B2 (en) | 2010-02-15 | 2013-02-26 | Eastman Kodak Company | Glasses for viewing stereo images |
US20110199469A1 (en) * | 2010-02-15 | 2011-08-18 | Gallagher Andrew C | Detection and display of stereo images |
KR101356248B1 (en) | 2010-02-19 | 2014-01-29 | 엘지디스플레이 주식회사 | Image display device |
US9285589B2 (en) | 2010-02-28 | 2016-03-15 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | AR glasses with event and sensor triggered control of AR eyepiece applications |
US9129295B2 (en) | 2010-02-28 | 2015-09-08 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | See-through near-eye display glasses with a fast response photochromic film system for quick transition from dark to clear |
US8964298B2 (en) | 2010-02-28 | 2015-02-24 | Microsoft Corporation | Video display modification based on sensor input for a see-through near-to-eye display |
KR101324412B1 (en) | 2010-05-06 | 2013-11-01 | 엘지디스플레이 주식회사 | Stereoscopic image display and driving method thereof |
JPWO2011142141A1 (en) | 2010-05-13 | 2013-07-22 | パナソニック株式会社 | Display device and video viewing system |
KR101255711B1 (en) | 2010-07-02 | 2013-04-17 | 엘지디스플레이 주식회사 | 3d image display device and driving method thereof |
US8605136B2 (en) | 2010-08-10 | 2013-12-10 | Sony Corporation | 2D to 3D user interface content data conversion |
US8363928B1 (en) | 2010-12-24 | 2013-01-29 | Trimble Navigation Ltd. | General orientation positioning system |
WO2012132797A1 (en) * | 2011-03-31 | 2012-10-04 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Image capturing device and image capturing method |
WO2013078317A1 (en) * | 2011-11-21 | 2013-05-30 | Schlumberger Technology Corporation | Interface for controlling and improving drilling operations |
-
2010
- 2010-05-05 US US12/774,225 patent/US20110157322A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2010-05-05 US US12/774,307 patent/US8964013B2/en active Active
- 2010-07-28 US US12/845,440 patent/US20110157697A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2010-07-28 US US12/845,409 patent/US20110157696A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2010-07-28 US US12/845,461 patent/US8767050B2/en active Active
- 2010-12-22 EP EP20100015980 patent/EP2357508A1/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2010-12-22 EP EP20100015984 patent/EP2357630A1/en not_active Ceased
- 2010-12-23 EP EP20100016055 patent/EP2357631A1/en not_active Ceased
- 2010-12-30 US US12/982,309 patent/US9204138B2/en active Active
- 2010-12-30 US US12/982,088 patent/US9066092B2/en active Active
- 2010-12-30 TW TW99146883A patent/TW201142356A/en unknown
- 2010-12-30 CN CN2010106160608A patent/CN102183840A/en active Pending
- 2010-12-30 US US12/982,053 patent/US20110157309A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2010-12-30 US US12/982,248 patent/US20110157315A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2010-12-30 US US12/982,140 patent/US20110161843A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2010-12-30 US US12/982,199 patent/US8988506B2/en active Active
- 2010-12-30 TW TW99146892A patent/TWI467234B/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2010-12-30 US US12/982,124 patent/US9124885B2/en active Active
- 2010-12-30 US US12/982,047 patent/US20110157330A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2010-12-30 US US12/982,377 patent/US20110157327A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2010-12-30 US US12/982,330 patent/US20110157326A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2010-12-30 US US12/982,020 patent/US20110157257A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2010-12-30 US US12/982,069 patent/US8922545B2/en active Active
- 2010-12-30 US US12/982,156 patent/US9654767B2/en active Active
- 2010-12-30 US US12/982,212 patent/US9013546B2/en active Active
- 2010-12-30 US US12/982,273 patent/US9979954B2/en active Active
- 2010-12-30 US US12/982,173 patent/US9143770B2/en active Active
- 2010-12-30 US US12/982,062 patent/US8687042B2/en active Active
- 2010-12-30 US US12/982,031 patent/US9019263B2/en active Active
- 2010-12-30 US US12/982,362 patent/US9049440B2/en active Active
- 2010-12-30 EP EP20100016190 patent/EP2346021B1/en active Active
- 2010-12-31 CN CN201010616920.8A patent/CN102183841B/en active Active
- 2010-12-31 CN CN201010619646XA patent/CN102215408A/en active Pending
- 2010-12-31 TW TW99147124A patent/TW201142357A/en unknown
-
2012
- 2012-03-02 HK HK12102171A patent/HK1161754A1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
-
2014
- 2014-10-01 US US14/504,095 patent/US20150015668A1/en not_active Abandoned
-
2015
- 2015-02-06 US US14/616,130 patent/US20150156473A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2015-05-28 US US14/723,922 patent/US20150264341A1/en not_active Abandoned
Patent Citations (101)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US4829365A (en) * | 1986-03-07 | 1989-05-09 | Dimension Technologies, Inc. | Autostereoscopic display with illuminating lines, light valve and mask |
US5493427A (en) * | 1993-05-25 | 1996-02-20 | Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha | Three-dimensional display unit with a variable lens |
US20030154261A1 (en) * | 1994-10-17 | 2003-08-14 | The Regents Of The University Of California, A Corporation Of The State Of California | Distributed hypermedia method and system for automatically invoking external application providing interaction and display of embedded objects within a hypermedia document |
US20040036763A1 (en) * | 1994-11-14 | 2004-02-26 | Swift David C. | Intelligent method and system for producing and displaying stereoscopically-multiplexed images of three-dimensional objects for use in realistic stereoscopic viewing thereof in interactive virtual reality display environments |
US5615046A (en) * | 1995-01-23 | 1997-03-25 | Cyber Scientific Inc. | Stereoscopic viewing system |
US6094216A (en) * | 1995-05-22 | 2000-07-25 | Canon Kabushiki Kaisha | Stereoscopic image display method, and stereoscopic image display apparatus using the method |
US20040141237A1 (en) * | 1995-06-07 | 2004-07-22 | Wohlstadter Jacob N. | Three dimensional imaging system |
US6909555B2 (en) * | 1995-06-07 | 2005-06-21 | Jacob N. Wohlstadter | Three dimensional imaging system |
US5945965A (en) * | 1995-06-29 | 1999-08-31 | Canon Kabushiki Kaisha | Stereoscopic image display method |
US5959597A (en) * | 1995-09-28 | 1999-09-28 | Sony Corporation | Image/audio reproducing system |
US7123213B2 (en) * | 1995-10-05 | 2006-10-17 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Three dimensional display unit and display method |
US6049424A (en) * | 1995-11-15 | 2000-04-11 | Sanyo Electric Co., Ltd. | Three dimensional display device |
US7190518B1 (en) * | 1996-01-22 | 2007-03-13 | 3Ality, Inc. | Systems for and methods of three dimensional viewing |
US7038698B1 (en) * | 1996-02-08 | 2006-05-02 | Palm Charles S | 3D stereo browser for the internet |
US6023277A (en) * | 1996-07-03 | 2000-02-08 | Canon Kabushiki Kaisha | Display control apparatus and method |
US5855425A (en) * | 1996-07-19 | 1999-01-05 | Sanyo Electric Co., Ltd. | Stereoscopic display |
US5969850A (en) * | 1996-09-27 | 1999-10-19 | Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha | Spatial light modulator, directional display and directional light source |
US5990975A (en) * | 1996-11-22 | 1999-11-23 | Acer Peripherals, Inc. | Dual screen displaying device |
US6285368B1 (en) * | 1997-02-10 | 2001-09-04 | Canon Kabushiki Kaisha | Image display system and image display apparatus and information processing apparatus in the system |
US7030903B2 (en) * | 1997-02-20 | 2006-04-18 | Canon Kabushiki Kaisha | Image display system, information processing apparatus, and method of controlling the same |
US20020113867A1 (en) * | 1997-02-20 | 2002-08-22 | Tomoshi Takigawa | Stereoscopic image display apparatus for detecting viewpoint position and forming stereoscopic image while following up viewpoint position |
US6188442B1 (en) * | 1997-08-01 | 2001-02-13 | International Business Machines Corporation | Multiviewer display system for television monitors |
US6710920B1 (en) * | 1998-03-27 | 2004-03-23 | Sanyo Electric Co., Ltd | Stereoscopic display |
US6144375A (en) * | 1998-08-14 | 2000-11-07 | Praja Inc. | Multi-perspective viewer for content-based interactivity |
US6697687B1 (en) * | 1998-11-09 | 2004-02-24 | Hitachi, Ltd. | Image display apparatus having audio output control means in accordance with image signal type |
US20030012425A1 (en) * | 1998-11-12 | 2003-01-16 | Canon Kabushiki Kaisha | Viewpoint position detection apparatus and method, and stereoscopic image display system |
US20020171666A1 (en) * | 1999-02-19 | 2002-11-21 | Takaaki Endo | Image processing apparatus for interpolating and generating images from an arbitrary view point |
US20080184301A1 (en) * | 1999-10-29 | 2008-07-31 | Boylan Peter C | Interactive television system with programming-related links |
US20020010798A1 (en) * | 2000-04-20 | 2002-01-24 | Israel Ben-Shaul | Differentiated content and application delivery via internet |
US20030103165A1 (en) * | 2000-05-19 | 2003-06-05 | Werner Bullinger | System for operating a consumer electronics appaliance |
US20020037037A1 (en) * | 2000-09-22 | 2002-03-28 | Philips Electronics North America Corporation | Preferred transmission/streaming order of fine-granular scalability |
US20020167862A1 (en) * | 2001-04-03 | 2002-11-14 | Carlo Tomasi | Method and apparatus for approximating a source position of a sound-causing event for determining an input used in operating an electronic device |
US20040252187A1 (en) * | 2001-09-10 | 2004-12-16 | Alden Ray M. | Processes and apparatuses for efficient multiple program and 3D display |
US20060256136A1 (en) * | 2001-10-01 | 2006-11-16 | Adobe Systems Incorporated, A Delaware Corporation | Compositing two-dimensional and three-dimensional image layers |
US20030137506A1 (en) * | 2001-11-30 | 2003-07-24 | Daniel Efran | Image-based rendering for 3D viewing |
US20030223499A1 (en) * | 2002-04-09 | 2003-12-04 | Nicholas Routhier | Process and system for encoding and playback of stereoscopic video sequences |
US20050248561A1 (en) * | 2002-04-25 | 2005-11-10 | Norio Ito | Multimedia information generation method and multimedia information reproduction device |
US20050259147A1 (en) * | 2002-07-16 | 2005-11-24 | Nam Jeho | Apparatus and method for adapting 2d and 3d stereoscopic video signal |
US20040027452A1 (en) * | 2002-08-07 | 2004-02-12 | Yun Kug Jin | Method and apparatus for multiplexing multi-view three-dimensional moving picture |
US20040041747A1 (en) * | 2002-08-27 | 2004-03-04 | Nec Corporation | 3D image/2D image switching display apparatus and portable terminal device |
US20040239231A1 (en) * | 2002-10-30 | 2004-12-02 | Keisuke Miyagawa | Display device and electronic equipment |
US20040109093A1 (en) * | 2002-12-05 | 2004-06-10 | Small-Stryker Aaron Tug | Method and apparatus for simultaneous television video presentation and separate viewing of different broadcasts |
US20080284844A1 (en) * | 2003-02-05 | 2008-11-20 | Graham John Woodgate | Switchable Lens |
US20040164292A1 (en) * | 2003-02-21 | 2004-08-26 | Yeh-Jiun Tung | Transflective display having an OLED backlight |
US20070097208A1 (en) * | 2003-05-28 | 2007-05-03 | Satoshi Takemoto | Stereoscopic image display apparatus, text data processing apparatus, program, and storing medium |
US20050073472A1 (en) * | 2003-07-26 | 2005-04-07 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Method of removing Moire pattern in 3D image display apparatus using complete parallax |
US20070097103A1 (en) * | 2003-09-11 | 2007-05-03 | Shoji Yoshioka | Portable display device |
US20070085814A1 (en) * | 2003-09-20 | 2007-04-19 | Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. | Image display device |
US20080273242A1 (en) * | 2003-09-30 | 2008-11-06 | Graham John Woodgate | Directional Display Apparatus |
US20050185281A1 (en) * | 2003-12-04 | 2005-08-25 | New York University | Eye tracked foveal display by controlled illumination |
US20050128353A1 (en) * | 2003-12-16 | 2005-06-16 | Young Bruce A. | System and method for using second remote control device for sub-picture control in television receiver |
US7091471B2 (en) * | 2004-03-15 | 2006-08-15 | Agilent Technologies, Inc. | Using eye detection for providing control and power management of electronic devices |
US20050237487A1 (en) * | 2004-04-23 | 2005-10-27 | Chang Nelson L A | Color wheel assembly for stereoscopic imaging |
US7440193B2 (en) * | 2004-04-30 | 2008-10-21 | Gunasekaran R Alfred | Wide-angle variable focal length lens system |
US20060050785A1 (en) * | 2004-09-09 | 2006-03-09 | Nucore Technology Inc. | Inserting a high resolution still image into a lower resolution video stream |
US20070296874A1 (en) * | 2004-10-20 | 2007-12-27 | Fujitsu Ten Limited | Display Device,Method of Adjusting the Image Quality of the Display Device, Device for Adjusting the Image Quality and Device for Adjusting the Contrast |
US20090058845A1 (en) * | 2004-10-20 | 2009-03-05 | Yasuhiro Fukuda | Display device |
US20060087556A1 (en) * | 2004-10-21 | 2006-04-27 | Kazunari Era | Stereoscopic image display device |
US20060109242A1 (en) * | 2004-11-19 | 2006-05-25 | Simpkins Daniel S | User interface for impaired users |
US20060139490A1 (en) * | 2004-12-15 | 2006-06-29 | Fekkes Wilhelmus F | Synchronizing audio with delayed video |
US20060139448A1 (en) * | 2004-12-29 | 2006-06-29 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | 3D displays with flexible switching capability of 2D/3D viewing modes |
US20090115800A1 (en) * | 2005-01-18 | 2009-05-07 | Koninklijke Philips Electronics, N.V. | Multi-view display device |
US20080192112A1 (en) * | 2005-03-18 | 2008-08-14 | Ntt Data Sanyo System Corporation | Stereoscopic Image Display Apparatus, Stereoscopic Image Displaying Method And Computer Program Product |
US20070139371A1 (en) * | 2005-04-04 | 2007-06-21 | Harsham Bret A | Control system and method for differentiating multiple users utilizing multi-view display devices |
US20080191964A1 (en) * | 2005-04-22 | 2008-08-14 | Koninklijke Philips Electronics, N.V. | Auto-Stereoscopic Display With Mixed Mode For Concurrent Display of Two- and Three-Dimensional Images |
US20090102915A1 (en) * | 2005-04-25 | 2009-04-23 | Svyatoslav Ivanovich Arsenich | Stereoprojection system |
US20080246757A1 (en) * | 2005-04-25 | 2008-10-09 | Masahiro Ito | 3D Image Generation and Display System |
US20060244918A1 (en) * | 2005-04-27 | 2006-11-02 | Actuality Systems, Inc. | Minimized-thickness angular scanner of electromagnetic radiation |
US20080204550A1 (en) * | 2005-04-29 | 2008-08-28 | Koninklijke Philips Electronics, N.V. | Stereoscopic Display Apparatus |
US20060256302A1 (en) * | 2005-05-13 | 2006-11-16 | Microsoft Corporation | Three-dimensional (3D) image projection |
US20060271791A1 (en) * | 2005-05-27 | 2006-11-30 | Sbc Knowledge Ventures, L.P. | Method and system for biometric based access control of media content presentation devices |
US20090051759A1 (en) * | 2005-05-27 | 2009-02-26 | Adkins Sean M | Equipment and methods for the synchronization of stereoscopic projection displays |
US20070096125A1 (en) * | 2005-06-24 | 2007-05-03 | Uwe Vogel | Illumination device |
US20070002041A1 (en) * | 2005-07-02 | 2007-01-04 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Method and apparatus for encoding/decoding video data to implement local three-dimensional video |
US20070008406A1 (en) * | 2005-07-08 | 2007-01-11 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | High resolution 2D-3D switchable autostereoscopic display apparatus |
US20070008620A1 (en) * | 2005-07-11 | 2007-01-11 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Switchable autostereoscopic display |
US20070052807A1 (en) * | 2005-09-07 | 2007-03-08 | Fuji Xerox Co., Ltd. | System and method for user monitoring interface of 3-D video streams from multiple cameras |
US20070072674A1 (en) * | 2005-09-12 | 2007-03-29 | Nintendo Co., Ltd. | Information processing program |
US7511774B2 (en) * | 2005-11-30 | 2009-03-31 | Samsung Mobile Display Co., Ltd. | Three-dimensional display device |
US20080259233A1 (en) * | 2005-12-20 | 2008-10-23 | Koninklijke Philips Electronics, N.V. | Autostereoscopic Display Device |
US20070146267A1 (en) * | 2005-12-22 | 2007-06-28 | Lg.Philips Lcd Co., Ltd. | Display device and method of driving the same |
US20070147827A1 (en) * | 2005-12-28 | 2007-06-28 | Arnold Sheynman | Methods and apparatus for wireless stereo video streaming |
US20070153916A1 (en) * | 2005-12-30 | 2007-07-05 | Sharp Laboratories Of America, Inc. | Wireless video transmission system |
US20070162392A1 (en) * | 2006-01-12 | 2007-07-12 | Microsoft Corporation | Management of Streaming Content |
US7359105B2 (en) * | 2006-02-07 | 2008-04-15 | Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha | Spatial light modulator and a display device |
US20090010264A1 (en) * | 2006-03-21 | 2009-01-08 | Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. | Method and System for Ensuring QoS and SLA Server |
US20080133122A1 (en) * | 2006-03-29 | 2008-06-05 | Sanyo Electric Co., Ltd. | Multiple visual display device and vehicle-mounted navigation system |
US20080043096A1 (en) * | 2006-04-04 | 2008-02-21 | Anthony Vetro | Method and System for Decoding and Displaying 3D Light Fields |
US20070270218A1 (en) * | 2006-05-08 | 2007-11-22 | Nintendo Co., Ltd. | Storage medium having game program stored thereon and game apparatus |
US20080025390A1 (en) * | 2006-07-25 | 2008-01-31 | Fang Shi | Adaptive video frame interpolation |
US20080037120A1 (en) * | 2006-08-08 | 2008-02-14 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd | High resolution 2d/3d switchable display apparatus |
US20080043644A1 (en) * | 2006-08-18 | 2008-02-21 | Microsoft Corporation | Techniques to perform rate matching for multimedia conference calls |
US20080126557A1 (en) * | 2006-09-08 | 2008-05-29 | Tetsuro Motoyama | System, method, and computer program product using an SNMP implementation to obtain vendor information from remote devices |
US20080068329A1 (en) * | 2006-09-15 | 2008-03-20 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Multi-view autostereoscopic display with improved resolution |
US20080165176A1 (en) * | 2006-09-28 | 2008-07-10 | Charles Jens Archer | Method of Video Display and Multiplayer Gaming |
US20080150853A1 (en) * | 2006-12-22 | 2008-06-26 | Hong Kong Applied Science and Technology Research Institute Company Limited | Backlight device and liquid crystal display incorporating the backlight device |
US20080168129A1 (en) * | 2007-01-08 | 2008-07-10 | Jeffrey Robbin | Pairing a Media Server and a Media Client |
US20080303832A1 (en) * | 2007-06-11 | 2008-12-11 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Method of generating two-dimensional/three-dimensional convertible stereoscopic image bitstream and method and apparatus for displaying the same |
US20090002178A1 (en) * | 2007-06-29 | 2009-01-01 | Microsoft Corporation | Dynamic mood sensing |
US20090052164A1 (en) * | 2007-08-24 | 2009-02-26 | Masako Kashiwagi | Directional backlight, display apparatus, and stereoscopic display apparatus |
US20090115783A1 (en) * | 2007-11-02 | 2009-05-07 | Dimension Technologies, Inc. | 3d optical illusions from off-axis displays |
Cited By (33)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US8684531B2 (en) * | 2009-12-28 | 2014-04-01 | Vision3D Technologies, Llc | Stereoscopic display device projecting parallax image and adjusting amount of parallax |
US20110157555A1 (en) * | 2009-12-28 | 2011-06-30 | Sanyo Electric Co., Ltd. | Stereoscopic-image display device |
US8988506B2 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2015-03-24 | Broadcom Corporation | Transcoder supporting selective delivery of 2D, stereoscopic 3D, and multi-view 3D content from source video |
US9204138B2 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2015-12-01 | Broadcom Corporation | User controlled regional display of mixed two and three dimensional content |
US20110164188A1 (en) * | 2009-12-31 | 2011-07-07 | Broadcom Corporation | Remote control with integrated position, viewer identification and optical and audio test |
US9013546B2 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2015-04-21 | Broadcom Corporation | Adaptable media stream servicing two and three dimensional content |
US9979954B2 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2018-05-22 | Avago Technologies General Ip (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. | Eyewear with time shared viewing supporting delivery of differing content to multiple viewers |
US8687042B2 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2014-04-01 | Broadcom Corporation | Set-top box circuitry supporting 2D and 3D content reductions to accommodate viewing environment constraints |
US20110164115A1 (en) * | 2009-12-31 | 2011-07-07 | Broadcom Corporation | Transcoder supporting selective delivery of 2d, stereoscopic 3d, and multi-view 3d content from source video |
US9654767B2 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2017-05-16 | Avago Technologies General Ip (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. | Programming architecture supporting mixed two and three dimensional displays |
US8767050B2 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2014-07-01 | Broadcom Corporation | Display supporting multiple simultaneous 3D views |
US8823782B2 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2014-09-02 | Broadcom Corporation | Remote control with integrated position, viewer identification and optical and audio test |
US9247286B2 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2016-01-26 | Broadcom Corporation | Frame formatting supporting mixed two and three dimensional video data communication |
US8854531B2 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2014-10-07 | Broadcom Corporation | Multiple remote controllers that each simultaneously controls a different visual presentation of a 2D/3D display |
US8922545B2 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2014-12-30 | Broadcom Corporation | Three-dimensional display system with adaptation based on viewing reference of viewer(s) |
US8964013B2 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2015-02-24 | Broadcom Corporation | Display with elastic light manipulator |
US9019263B2 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2015-04-28 | Broadcom Corporation | Coordinated driving of adaptable light manipulator, backlighting and pixel array in support of adaptable 2D and 3D displays |
US9143770B2 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2015-09-22 | Broadcom Corporation | Application programming interface supporting mixed two and three dimensional displays |
US9124885B2 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2015-09-01 | Broadcom Corporation | Operating system supporting mixed 2D, stereoscopic 3D and multi-view 3D displays |
US9049440B2 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2015-06-02 | Broadcom Corporation | Independent viewer tailoring of same media source content via a common 2D-3D display |
US9066092B2 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2015-06-23 | Broadcom Corporation | Communication infrastructure including simultaneous video pathways for multi-viewer support |
US20120182334A1 (en) * | 2011-01-18 | 2012-07-19 | Disney Enterprises, Inc. | Multi-layer plenoptic displays that combine multiple emissive and light modulating planes |
US20140125894A1 (en) * | 2011-01-18 | 2014-05-08 | Disney Enterprises, Inc. | Mutli-layer plenoptic displays that combine multiple emissive and light modulating planes |
US9791706B2 (en) * | 2011-01-18 | 2017-10-17 | Disney Enterprises, Inc. | Mutli-layer plenoptic displays that combine multiple emissive and light modulating planes |
US8643684B2 (en) * | 2011-01-18 | 2014-02-04 | Disney Enterprises, Inc. | Multi-layer plenoptic displays that combine multiple emissive and light modulating planes |
US20130242062A1 (en) * | 2012-03-16 | 2013-09-19 | City University Of Hong Kong | Automatic switching of a multi-mode projector display screen for displaying three-dimensional and two-dimensional images |
US9280042B2 (en) * | 2012-03-16 | 2016-03-08 | City University Of Hong Kong | Automatic switching of a multi-mode projector display screen for displaying three-dimensional and two-dimensional images |
US8570651B1 (en) * | 2012-06-04 | 2013-10-29 | Hae-Yong Choi | Both side screen for combined use of 2D/3D images |
US20140268324A1 (en) * | 2013-03-18 | 2014-09-18 | 3-D Virtual Lens Technologies, Llc | Method of displaying 3d images from 2d source images using a barrier grid |
US9182605B2 (en) * | 2014-01-29 | 2015-11-10 | Emine Goulanian | Front-projection autostereoscopic 3D display system |
US20180213210A1 (en) * | 2016-06-28 | 2018-07-26 | Boe Technology Group Co., Ltd. | 3d head-up display system and method |
US10802324B2 (en) | 2017-03-14 | 2020-10-13 | Boe Technology Group Co., Ltd. | Double vision display method and device |
CN109598254A (en) * | 2018-12-17 | 2019-04-09 | 海南大学 | The space representation combined optimization method of Group-oriented |
Also Published As
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US20110157330A1 (en) | 2d/3d projection system | |
KR101435447B1 (en) | System and Method for multi-projection comprising a direction-changeable chair for viewing | |
EP1754382B1 (en) | Method and apparatus for generating 3d images | |
US6252707B1 (en) | Systems for three-dimensional viewing and projection | |
JPH1082970A (en) | Video display system for many | |
JP2014508962A (en) | System and method for displaying captions | |
EP2920646B1 (en) | Multi-projection system and method comprising direction-changeable audience seats | |
US20020030888A1 (en) | Systems for three-dimensional viewing and projection | |
WO2017073095A1 (en) | Image projection device, stage installation, and image projection method | |
WO2018196583A1 (en) | Display device and control method thereof | |
JP4052315B2 (en) | Stereoscopic image display device | |
EP0877967B1 (en) | Systems for three-dimensional viewing and projection | |
WO2010009758A1 (en) | Stereoscopic field sequential colour display control | |
KR101611174B1 (en) | Simulation system for simulating multi-projection system | |
WO1997026577A9 (en) | Systems for three-dimensional viewing and projection | |
JP2009098326A (en) | Three-dimensional image forming apparatus | |
WO2019017812A1 (en) | Stereo display device (embodiments) | |
JPH0475489B2 (en) | ||
JP2007101929A (en) | Projection type three-dimensional display device | |
CN105807434A (en) | Naked eye 3D display watching area indicating method | |
US20090073389A1 (en) | Device and method for large-screen projection of digital images onto a projection screen | |
KR101022474B1 (en) | Stereoscopic image display apparatus | |
RU2664781C1 (en) | Device for forming a stereoscopic image in three-dimensional space with real objects | |
WO2023181598A1 (en) | Display device, display method, and program | |
RU178441U1 (en) | Device for forming a three-dimensional image in three-dimensional space with real objects |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: BROADCOM CORPORATION, CALIFORNIA Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:BENNETT, JAMES D.;KARAOGUZ, JEYHAN;SIGNING DATES FROM 20110207 TO 20110715;REEL/FRAME:026612/0128 |
|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., AS COLLATERAL AGENT, NORTH CAROLINA Free format text: PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT;ASSIGNOR:BROADCOM CORPORATION;REEL/FRAME:037806/0001 Effective date: 20160201 Owner name: BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., AS COLLATERAL AGENT, NORTH Free format text: PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT;ASSIGNOR:BROADCOM CORPORATION;REEL/FRAME:037806/0001 Effective date: 20160201 |
|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES GENERAL IP (SINGAPORE) PTE. LTD., SINGAPORE Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:BROADCOM CORPORATION;REEL/FRAME:041706/0001 Effective date: 20170120 Owner name: AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES GENERAL IP (SINGAPORE) PTE. LTD Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:BROADCOM CORPORATION;REEL/FRAME:041706/0001 Effective date: 20170120 |
|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: BROADCOM CORPORATION, CALIFORNIA Free format text: TERMINATION AND RELEASE OF SECURITY INTEREST IN PATENTS;ASSIGNOR:BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., AS COLLATERAL AGENT;REEL/FRAME:041712/0001 Effective date: 20170119 |
|
STCB | Information on status: application discontinuation |
Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION |